Edgar Filing: MORGAN STANLEY

Form 10-Q

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

☒ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11758

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

(212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):


Large Accelerated Filer ☒		Accelerated Filer ☐
Non-Accelerated Filer ☐		Smaller reporting company ☐
		Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

As of October 31, 2018, there were 1,720,154,771 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended September 30, 2018


Table of Contents	Part	Item	Page
Financial Information	I			1
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	I	2		1
Introduction				1
Executive Summary				2
Business Segments				7
Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures				17
Accounting Development Updates				17
Critical Accounting Policies				18
Liquidity and Capital Resources				18
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk	I	3		30
Market Risk				30
Credit Risk				32
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm				39
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes	I	1		40
Consolidated Income Statements (Unaudited)				40
Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements (Unaudited)				41
Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited at September 30, 2018)				42
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity (Unaudited)				43
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements (Unaudited)				44
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)				45
1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation				45
2. Significant Accounting Policies				46
3. Fair Values				48
4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities				58
5. Investment Securities				61
6. Collateralized Transactions				64
7. Loans, Lending Commitments and Allowance for Credit Losses				65
8. Equity Method Investments				67
9. Deposits				68
10. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings				68
11. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies				68
12. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities				72
13. Regulatory Requirements				74
14. Total Equity				76
15. Earnings per Common Share				79
16. Interest Income and Interest Expense				79
17. Employee Benefit Plans				79
18. Income Taxes				80
19. Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information				80
20. Subsequent Events				83
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)				84
Glossary of Common Acronyms				87
Other Information	II			89
Legal Proceedings	II	1		89
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	II	2		90
Controls and Procedures	I	4		91
Exhibits	II	6		91
Exhibit Index				E-1
Signatures				S-1


		i

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site, www.sec.gov, that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers file electronically with the SEC. Our electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site.

Our internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access our Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-ir. We make available free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage, our Proxy Statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We also make available, through our Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of our equity securities filed by our directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

You can access information about our corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance. Our Corporate Governance webpage includes:

•

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

•

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

•

Charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Operations and Technology Committee, and Risk Committee;

•

Corporate Governance Policies;

•

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

•

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

•

Equity Ownership Commitment;

•

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

•

Code of Conduct;

•

Integrity Hotline Information; and

•

Environmental and Social Policies.

Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on our internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on our internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.


		ii

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. We define the following as part of our consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”): consolidated income statements (“income statements”), consolidated balance sheets (“balance sheets”), and consolidated cash flow statements (“cash flow statements”). See the “Glossary of Common Acronyms” for definitions of certain acronyms used throughout this Form 10-Q.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing, prime brokerage and market-making activities in equity and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities. Lending services include originating and/or purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to equities and commodities customers and municipalities. Other activities include investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, financial and wealth planning services, annuity and insurance products, credit and other lending products, banking and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products include equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative/other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by competition; risk factors; and legislative, legal and regulatory developments; as well as other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business—Competition,” “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors” in the 2017 Form 10-K, and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.


		1		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Executive Summary

Overview of Financial Results

Consolidated Results

Net Revenues

($ in millions)

LOGO

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley

($ in millions)

LOGO

Earnings per Common Share¹

LOGO

1.	For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 15 to the financial statements.

•

We reported net revenues of $9,872 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2018 (“current quarter,” or “3Q 2018”), compared with $9,197 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2017 (“prior year quarter,” or “3Q 2017”). For the current quarter, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $2,112 million, or $1.17 per diluted common share, compared with $1,781 million, or $0.93 per diluted common share, in the prior year quarter.

•

We reported net revenues of $31,559 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (“current year period,” or “YTD 2018”), compared with $28,445 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (“prior year period,” or “YTD 2017”). For the current year period, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $7,217 million, or $3.92 per diluted common share, compared with $5,468 million, or $2.79 per diluted common share, in the prior year period.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		2


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-interest Expenses¹

($ in millions)

LOGO

1.	The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of compensation and benefits expenses and non-compensation expenses to the total.

•

Compensation and benefits expenses of $4,310 million in the current quarter and $13,845 million in the current year period increased 3% and 7%, respectively, from $4,169 million in the prior year quarter and $12,887 million in the prior year period. These results primarily reflected increases in discretionary incentive compensation mainly driven by higher revenues as well as salaries across all business segments. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

•

Non-compensation expenses were $2,711 million in the current quarter and $8,334 million in the current year period compared with $2,546 million in the prior year quarter and $7,626 million in the prior year period, representing a 6% and a 9% increase, respectively. These increases were primarily as a result of higher volume-related expenses, the gross presentation of certain expenses due to the adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers (see Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further information) and increased investment in technology. In the current quarter, these increases were partially offset by lower litigation expenses.

Income Taxes

The current year period includes intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $92 million, primarily associated with new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters. The prior year quarter and prior year period included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $83 million and $65 million, respectively, primarily resulting from the remeasurement of certain deferred taxes. In addition, the effective tax rate is lower in the current quarter and current year period compared with the corresponding prior periods primarily as a result of the enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”). For further information, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.


		3		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Selected Financial Information and Other Statistical Data


	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017		2018			2017
Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	2,113		$	1,775	$	7,222		$	5,489
Income (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley		(1	)		6		(5	)		(21)
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley		2,112			1,781		7,217			5,468
Preferred stock dividends and other		93			93		356			353
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	2,019		$	1,688	$	6,861		$	5,115
Expense efficiency ratio¹		71.1%			73.0%		70.3%			72.1%
ROE²		11.5%			9.6%		13.1%			9.8%
ROTCE²		13.2%			11.0%		15.1%			11.3%


in millions, except per share and employee data	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
GLR³	$	214,848	$	192,660
Loans⁴	$	109,983	$	104,126
Total assets	$	865,517	$	851,733
Deposits	$	175,185	$	159,436
Borrowings	$	190,889	$	192,582
Common shares outstanding		1,726		1,788
Common shareholders’ equity	$	70,183	$	68,871
Tangible common shareholders’ equity²	$	61,265	$	59,829
Book value per common share⁵	$	40.67	$	38.52
Tangible book value per common share^{2, 5}	$	35.50	$	33.46
Worldwide employees		59,835		57,633

	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Capital ratios⁶
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio		16.7%		16.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio		19.0%		18.9%
Total capital ratio		21.6%		21.7%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		8.2%		8.3%
SLR⁷		6.4%		6.5%

1.	The expense efficiency ratio represents total non-interest expense as a percentage of net revenues.

2.	Represents a non-GAAP measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

3.	For a discussion of the GLR, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.

4.	Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 7 to the financial statements).

5.	Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share equal common shareholders’ equity and tangible common shareholders’ equity, respectively, divided by common shares outstanding.

Beginning in 2018, our risk based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach fully phased-in rules. At December 31, 2017, our risk based capital ratios were based on the Standardized Approach transitional rules. For a discussion of our regulatory capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

7.	The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. For a discussion of the SLR, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

Business Segment Results

Net Revenues by Segment^{1, 2}

($ in millions)

LOGO


September 2018 Form 10-Q		4


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment^{1, 3}

($ in millions)

LOGO

1.	The percentages in the charts represent the contribution of each business segment to the total. Amounts do not necessarily total to 100% due to intersegment eliminations, where applicable.

2.	The total amount of Net Revenues by Segment includes intersegment eliminations of $(109) million and $(74) million in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively, and $(344) million and $(223) million in the current year period and prior year period, respectively.

The total amount of Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment includes intersegment eliminations of $(1) million and $(4) million in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively, and $(1) million and $(2) million in the current year period and the prior year period, respectively.

•	Institutional Securities net revenues of $4,929 million in the current quarter and $16,743 million in the current year period increased 13% from the prior year quarter and 17% from the prior year period primarily reflecting higher revenues from both sales and trading and Investment banking.

•	Wealth Management net revenues of $4,399 million in the current quarter and $13,098 million in the current year period increased 4% from the prior year quarter and 5% from the prior year period primarily reflecting growth in Asset management revenues.

•

Investment Management net revenues of $653 million in the current quarter and $2,062 million in the current year period decreased 3% from the prior year quarter and increased 6% from the prior year period. The current quarter results primarily reflected lower investment gains. The current year period reflected higher Asset management revenues, partially offset by lower investment gains.

Net Revenues by Region^{1, 2}

($ in millions)

LOGO

1.	For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown for net revenues is determined, see Note 19 to the financial statements.

2.	The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of each region to the total.

Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information

We prepare our financial statements using U.S. GAAP. From time to time, we may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in this document or in the course of our earnings releases, earnings and other conference calls, financial presentations, Definitive Proxy Statement and otherwise. A “non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We consider the non-GAAP financial measures we disclose to be useful to us, investors and analysts by providing further transparency about, or an alternate means of assessing, our financial condition, operating results, prospective regulatory capital requirements or capital adequacy.

These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever we refer to a non-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the


		5		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and the non-GAAP financial measure.

The principal non-GAAP financial measures presented in this document are set forth below.

Reconciliations from U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Consolidated Financial Measures


$ in millions, except		Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
per share data		2018			2017			2018			2017
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	2,112		$	1,781		$	7,217		$	5,468
Impact of adjustments		(4	)		(83	)		(92	)		(65)
Adjusted net income applicable to Morgan Stanley—non-GAAP¹	$	2,108			1,698		$	7,125			5,403
Earnings per diluted common share	$	1.17		$	0.93		$	3.92		$	2.79
Impact of adjustments		—			(0.05	)		(0.05	)		(0.03)
Adjusted earnings per diluted common share—non-GAAP¹	$	1.17		$	0.88		$	3.87		$	2.76
Effective income tax rate		24.4%			28.1%			21.9%			29.7%
Impact of adjustments		0.2%			3.3%			0.9%			0.8%
Adjusted effective income tax rate—non-GAAP¹		24.6%			31.4%			22.8%			30.5%


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018			At December 31, 2017
Tangible Equity
U.S. GAAP
Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity	$	78,703		$	77,391
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets		(8,918	)		(9,042)
Morgan Stanley tangible shareholders’ equity—non-GAAP	$	69,785		$	68,349
U.S. GAAP
Common equity	$	70,183		$	68,871
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets		(8,918	)		(9,042)
Tangible common equity—non-GAAP	$	61,265		$	59,829


$ in millions	Average Monthly Balance
	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2018			2017			2018			2017
Tangible Equity
U.S. GAAP
Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity	$	78,760		$	79,007		$	78,165		$	78,206
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets		(8,970	)		(9,120	)		(9,020	)		(9,192)
Morgan Stanley tangible shareholders’ equity—non-GAAP	$	69,790		$	69,887		$	69,145		$	69,014
U.S. GAAP
Common equity	$	70,240		$	70,487		$	69,645		$	69,786
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets		(8,970	)		(9,120	)		(9,020	)		(9,192)
Tangible common equity—non-GAAP	$	61,270		$	61,367		$	60,625		$	60,594

Consolidated Non-GAAP Financial Measures


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in billions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Average common equity
Unadjusted	$	70.2	$	70.5	$	69.6	$	69.8
Adjusted¹		70.2		70.5		69.6		69.8
ROE²
Unadjusted		11.5%		9.6%		13.1%		9.8%
Adjusted^1, 3		11.5%		9.1%		13.0%		9.6%
Average tangible common equity
Unadjusted	$	61.3	$	61.4	$	60.6	$	60.6
Adjusted¹		61.3		61.3		60.6		60.6
ROTCE²
Unadjusted		13.2%		11.0%		15.1%		11.3%
Adjusted^1, 3		13.2%		10.5%		14.9%		11.1%


September 2018 Form 10-Q		6


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in billions		2018		2017		2018		2017
Pre-tax profit margin⁴
Institutional Securities		32%		28%		33%		31%
Wealth Management		27%		27%		27%		25%
Investment Management		16%		19%		19%		19%
Consolidated		29%		27%		30%		28%
Average common equity⁵
Institutional Securities	$	40.8	$	40.2	$	40.8	$	40.2
Wealth Management		16.8		17.2		16.8		17.2
Investment Management		2.6		2.4		2.6		2.4
Parent Company		10.0		10.7		9.4		10.0
Consolidated average common equity	$	70.2	$	70.5	$	69.6	$	69.8
Average tangible common equity⁵
Institutional Securities	$	40.1	$	39.6	$	40.1	$	39.6
Wealth Management		9.2		9.3		9.2		9.3
Investment Management		1.7		1.6		1.7		1.6
Parent Company		10.3		10.9		9.6		10.1
Consolidated average tangible common equity	$	61.3	$	61.4	$	60.6	$	60.6
ROE^{2, 6}
Institutional Securities		10.3%		8.9%		12.8%		9.6%
Wealth Management		21.3%		15.8%		20.9%		15.0%
Investment Management		12.0%		18.8%		15.7%		15.4%
Consolidated		11.5%		9.6%		13.1%		9.8%
ROTCE^{2, 6}
Institutional Securities		10.4%		9.1%		13.0%		9.8%
Wealth Management		38.9%		29.1%		38.1%		27.7%
Investment Management		18.8%		27.7%		24.5%		22.7%
Consolidated		13.2%		11.0%		15.1%		11.3%

Adjusted amounts exclude intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits). Income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each quarter. For further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

ROE and ROTCE equal annualized net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, on a consolidated basis as indicated. When excluding intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits), both the numerator and denominator are adjusted.

3.	The calculations used in determining our “ROE and ROTCE Targets” referred to in the following section are the Adjusted ROE and Adjusted ROTCE amounts shown in this table.

4.	Pre-tax profit margin represents income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.

5.	Average common equity and average tangible common equity for each business segment are determined using our Required Capital framework (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework” herein).

6.	The calculation of the ROE and ROTCE by segment uses the annualized net income applicable to Morgan Stanley by segment less preferred dividends allocated to each segment as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively, allocated to each segment.

Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets

In January 2018, we established an ROE Target of 10% to 13% and an ROTCE Target of 11.5% to 14.5% for the medium term.

Our ROE and ROTCE Targets are forward-looking statements that may be materially affected by many factors, including, among other things: macroeconomic and market conditions; legislative and regulatory developments; industry trading and investment banking volumes; equity market levels; interest rate environment; outsize legal expenses or penalties and the ability to maintain a reduced level of expenses; and capital levels. For further information on our ROE and ROTCE Targets and related assumptions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Executive Summary—Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Business Segments

Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to the business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, we include an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to our consolidated results. See Note 19 to the financial statements for further information.

Net Revenues, Compensation Expense and Income Taxes

For an overview of the components of our net revenues, compensation expense and income taxes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments” in the 2017 Form 10-K.


		7		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Institutional Securities

Income Statement Information

Three Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions

2018

2017

% Change

Revenues

Investment banking

1,459

1,270

15%

Trading

2,573

2,504

Investments

85%

Commissions and fees

589

561

Asset management

112

27%

Other

244

143

71%

Total non-interest revenues

5,073

4,618

10%

Interest income

2,425

1,421

71%

Interest expense

2,569

1,663

54%

Net interest

(144

)

(242

)

40%

Net revenues

4,929

4,376

13%

Compensation and benefits

1,626

1,532

Non-compensation expenses

1,747

1,608

Total non-interest expenses

3,373

3,140

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

1,556

1,236

26%

Provision for income taxes

397

260

53%

Income from continuing operations

1,159

976

19%

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

)

(150)%

Net income

1,156

982

18%

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

N/M

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

1,120

973

15%

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions

2018

2017

% Change

Revenues

Investment banking

4,671

4,100

14%

Trading

9,344

8,241

13%

Investments

234

155

51%

Commissions and fees

2,007

1,811

11%

Asset management

324

268

21%

Other

548

442

24%

Total non-interest revenues

17,128

15,017

14%

Interest income

6,424

3,788

70%

Interest expense

6,809

4,515

51%

Net interest

(385

)

(727

)

47%

Net revenues

16,743

14,290

17%

Compensation and benefits

5,779

5,069

14%

Non-compensation expenses

5,484

4,812

14%

Total non-interest expenses

11,263

9,881

14%

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

5,480

4,409

24%

Provision for income taxes

1,169

1,132

Income from continuing operations

4,311

3,277

32%

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

)

(21

)

67%

Net income

4,304

3,256

32%

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

100

30%

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

4,204

3,179

32%


September 2018 Form 10-Q		8


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investment Banking

Investment Banking Revenues

Three Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions

2018

2017

% Change

Advisory

510

555

(8)%

Underwriting:

Equity

441

273

62%

Fixed income

508

442

15%

Total underwriting

949

715

33%

Total investment banking

1,459

1,270

15%


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		% Change
Advisory	$	1,702	$	1,555		9%
Underwriting:
Equity		1,403		1,068		31%
Fixed income		1,566		1,477		6%
Total underwriting		2,969		2,545		17%
Total investment banking	$	4,671	$	4,100		14%

Investment Banking Volumes


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in billions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Completed mergers and acquisitions¹	$	164	$	238	$	665	$	615
Equity and equity-related offerings^2, 3		14		17		52		46
Fixed income offerings^{2, 4}		66		65		183		210

Source: Thomson Reuters, data as of October 1, 2018. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.

1.	Includes transactions of $100 million or more. Based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction.

2.	Based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers.

3.	Includes Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock and convertible securities and rights offerings.

4.	Includes Rule 144A and publicly registered issuances, non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Excludes leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

Investment banking revenues of $1,459 million in the current quarter and $4,671 million in the current year period increased 15% and 14% from the comparable prior year periods. The adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers had the effect of increasing the revenues reported in investment banking by approximately $69 million in the current quarter and $230 million in the current year period compared with the prior year periods (see Notes 2 and

19 to the financial statements for further information). The drivers of the increase in our Investment banking revenues, other than the effect of this accounting update, were:

•

Advisory revenues decreased in the current quarter primarily reflecting lower volumes of completed M&A activity (see Investment Banking Volumes table), partially offset by higher fee realizations. In the current year period, advisory revenues increased primarily due to higher volumes of completed M&A activity.

•

Equity underwriting revenues increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily as a result of higher fee realizations. In both the current quarter and current year period, revenues increased in initial public offerings, convertibles and follow-ons.

•

Fixed income underwriting revenues increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to higher fee realizations. In the current quarter, revenues increased in investment grade bond fees and loan fees, which benefited from event-related financings, partially offset by lower non-investment grade bond fees. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased in the current year period primarily due to higher loan fees, partially offset by lower non-investment grade bond fees.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues

By Income Statement Line Item


	Three Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017			% Change
Trading	$	2,573		$	2,504			3%
Commissions and fees		589			561			5%
Asset management		112			88			27%
Net interest		(144	)		(242	)		40%
Total	$	3,130		$	2,911			8%

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions

2018

2017

% Change

Trading

9,344

8,241

13%

Commissions and fees

2,007

1,811

11%

Asset management

324

268

21%

Net interest

(385

)

(727

)

47%

Total

11,290

9,593

18%

By Business


	Three Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017			% Change
Equity	$	2,019		$	1,891			7%
Fixed income		1,179			1,167			1%
Other		(68	)		(147	)		54%
Total	$	3,130		$	2,911			8%


		9		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017			% Change
Equity	$	7,047		$	6,062			16%
Fixed income		4,441			4,120			8%
Other		(198	)		(589	)		66%
Total	$	11,290		$	9,593			18%

Sales and Trading Revenues—Equity and Fixed Income


	Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Trading		Fees¹		Net Interest²			Total
Financing	$	1,097	$	99	$	(141	)	$	1,055
Execution services		554		524		(114	)		964
Total Equity	$	1,651	$	623	$	(255	)	$	2,019
Total Fixed Income	$	1,189	$	78	$	(88	)	$	1,179


	Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
$ in millions	Trading		Fees¹		Net Interest²			Total
Financing	$	1,029	$	92	$	(206	)	$	915
Execution services		540		495		(59	)		976
Total Equity	$	1,569	$	587	$	(265	)	$	1,891
Total Fixed income	$	1,073	$	65	$	29		$	1,167


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Trading		Fees¹		Net Interest²			Total
Financing	$	3,704	$	295	$	(479	)	$	3,520
Execution services		2,006		1,793		(272	)		3,527
Total Equity	$	5,710	$	2,088	$	(751	)	$	7,047
Total Fixed Income	$	4,203	$	244	$	(6	)	$	4,441


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
$ in millions	Trading		Fees¹		Net Interest²			Total
Financing	$	3,126	$	269	$	(621	)	$	2,774
Execution services		1,805		1,643		(160	)		3,288
Total Equity	$	4,931	$	1,912	$	(781	)	$	6,062
Total Fixed income	$	3,785	$	167	$	168		$	4,120

1.	Includes Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues.

2.	Includes funding costs which are allocated to the businesses based on funding usage.

As discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Net Revenues by Segment” in the 2017 Form 10-K, we manage each of the sales and trading businesses based on its aggregate net revenues. We provide qualitative commentary in the discussion of results that follow on the key drivers of period over period variances, as the quantitative impact of the various market dynamics typically cannot be disaggregated.

For additional information on total Trading revenues, see the table “Trading Revenues by Product Type” in Note 19 to the financial statements.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues during the Current Quarter

Equity

Equity sales and trading net revenues of $2,019 million in the current quarter increased 7% from the prior year quarter, reflecting higher results in our financing businesses.

•

Financing revenues increased from the prior year quarter, primarily due to client positioning and higher average client balances, which resulted in both increased Trading and Net interest revenues.

•

Execution services remained relatively unchanged from the prior year quarter as higher commissions revenue was offset by increased funding costs.

Fixed Income

Fixed income net revenues of $1,179 million in the current quarter were 1% higher than the prior year quarter, driven by higher results in commodities products and other, partially offset by lower results in credit products and higher funding costs.

•

Global macro products revenues remained relatively unchanged from the prior year quarter as higher results in foreign exchange products were offset by lower results in interest rates products, both of which were primarily driven by levels of client activity.

•

Credit products revenues decreased primarily due to a decline in Trading revenue associated with unfavorable corporate credit products inventory management.

•

Commodities products and Other increased driven primarily by inventory management gains in power and natural gas products.

Other

Other sales and trading net losses of $68 million in the current quarter decreased from the prior year quarter, primarily from lower net funding costs reflecting changes in the balance sheet.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues during the Current Year Period

Equity

Equity sales and trading net revenues of $7,047 million in the current year period increased 16% from the prior year period, reflecting higher results in both our financing businesses and execution services.

•

Financing revenues increased from the prior year period, primarily due to higher average client balances and client positioning, which resulted in both increased Trading and Net interest revenues.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		10


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

•

Execution services increased from the prior year period, primarily reflecting higher Trading revenues driven by effective inventory management in derivative products. Commissions and fees also increased due to higher client activity in cash equities products, but were partially offset by increased funding costs.

Fixed Income

Fixed income net revenues of $4,441 million in the current year period were 8% higher than the prior year period, primarily driven by higher results in commodities products and other, partially offset by lower results in credit products and higher funding costs.

•

Global macro products revenues remained relatively unchanged from the prior year period as higher results in foreign exchange products were offset by lower results in interest rates products, both of which were primarily driven by levels of client activity.

•

Credit products revenues decreased as a decline in Trading revenues associated with unfavorable corporate credit products inventory management was partially offset by growth in lending products.

•

Commodities products and Other increased primarily due to increased Commodities structured transactions and client flow and higher Trading revenues principally from a reduction in counterparty credit risk.

Other

Other sales and trading net losses of $198 million in the current year period decreased from the prior year period, primarily reflecting lower net funding costs. In addition, losses associated with corporate loan hedging activity were lower in the current year period compared with the prior year period.

Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses and Income Tax Items

Investments

•

Net investment gains of $96 million in the current quarter and $234 million in the current year period increased from the prior year periods, primarily as a result of higher net gains on business-related investments, partially offset by lower results from real estate limited partnership investments.

Other Revenues

•

Other revenues of $244 million in the current quarter increased from the prior year quarter, primarily reflecting higher fees associated with corporate lending activity and

improved results from other equity method investments. Other revenues of $548 million in the current year period increased from the prior year period, primarily reflecting improved results from other equity method investments, the recovery of a previously charged off energy industry loan and higher fees associated with corporate lending activity, partially offset by lower gains associated with held-for-sale corporate loans.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $3,373 million in the current quarter increased from the prior year quarter, reflecting a 6% increase in Compensation and benefits expenses and a 9% increase in Non-compensation expenses. Non-interest expenses of $11,263 million in the current year period increased from the prior year period reflecting a 14% increase in both Compensation and benefits expenses and Non-compensation expenses.

•

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period, primarily due to an increase in discretionary incentive compensation driven by higher revenues, as well as salaries, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

•

Non-compensation expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period, primarily due to higher volume-related expenses, and the gross presentation of certain expenses due to the adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers (see Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further information), partially offset by lower litigation expenses. In addition, in the current year period, the results were partially offset by the reversal of a portion of previously recorded provisions related to U.K. VAT matters.

Income Tax Items

The current year period includes intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $88 million, primarily associated with new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters. The prior year quarter and prior year period included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $75 million and $60 million, respectively, primarily resulting from the remeasurement of certain deferred taxes. In addition, the effective tax rate in the current year period is lower compared with the prior year period primarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.


		11		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Wealth Management

Income Statement Information


	Three Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		% Change
Revenues
Investment banking	$	129	$	125		3%
Trading		160		212		(25)%
Investments		—		1		(100)%
Commissions and fees		409		402		2%
Asset management		2,573		2,393		8%
Other		58		62		(6)%
Total non-interest revenues		3,329		3,195		4%
Interest income		1,412		1,155		22%
Interest expense		342		130		163%
Net interest		1,070		1,025		4%
Net revenues		4,399		4,220		4%
Compensation and benefits		2,415		2,326		4%
Non-compensation expenses		790		775		2%
Total non-interest expenses		3,205		3,101		3%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		1,194		1,119		7%
Provision for income taxes		281		421		(33)%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	913	$	698		31%


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		% Change
Revenues
Investment banking	$	383	$	405		(5)%
Trading		404		657		(39)%
Investments		3		3		—%
Commissions and fees		1,349		1,266		7%
Asset management		7,582		6,879		10%
Other		195		191		2%
Total non-interest revenues		9,916		9,401		5%
Interest income		4,012		3,348		20%
Interest expense		830		320		159%
Net interest		3,182		3,028		5%
Net revenues		13,098		12,429		5%
Compensation and benefits		7,221		6,940		4%
Non-compensation expenses		2,366		2,340		1%
Total non-interest expenses		9,587		9,280		3%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		3,511		3,149		11%
Provision for income taxes		808		1,139		(29)%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	2,703	$	2,010		34%

Financial Information and Statistical Data


$ in billions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Client assets	$	2,496	$	2,373
Fee-based client assets¹	$	1,120	$	1,045
Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets		45%		44%
Client liabilities²	$	83	$	80
Investment securities portfolio	$	59.8	$	59.2
Loans and lending commitments	$	81.8	$	77.3
Wealth Management representatives		15,655		15,712


	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2018		2017
Per representative:
Annualized revenues ($ in thousands)³	$	1,125	$	1,071
Client assets ($ in millions)⁴	$	159	$	146
Fee-based asset flows ($ in billions)⁵	$	16.2	$	15.8


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2018		2017
Per representative:
Annualized revenues ($ in thousands)³	$	1,114	$	1,051
Client assets ($ in millions)⁴	$	159	$	146
Fee-based asset flows ($ in billions)⁵	$	49.7	$	54.5

1.	Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.

2.	Client liabilities include securities-based and tailored lending, residential real estate loans and margin lending.

3.	Annualized revenues per representative equal Wealth Management’s annualized revenues divided by the average representative headcount.

4.	Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end representative headcount.

5.	Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets, net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees and exclude institutional cash management-related activity.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		12


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Transactional Revenues


	Three Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017		% Change
Investment banking	$	129		$	125		3%
Trading		160			212		(25)%
Commissions and fees		409			402		2%
Total	$	698		$	739		(6)%
Transactional revenues as a % of Net revenues		16	%		18%

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions

2018

2017

% Change

Investment banking

383

405

(5)%

Trading

404

657

(39)%

Commissions and fees

1,349

1,266

Total

2,136

2,328

(8)%

Transactional revenues as a % of
Net revenues

16%

19%

Net Revenues

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $698 million in the current quarter and $2,136 million in the current year period decreased 6% and 8%, respectively, from the prior year periods primarily as a result of lower Trading revenues, partially offset by higher Commissions and fees.

•

Investment banking revenues were relatively unchanged in the current quarter. In the current year period, Investment banking revenues decreased primarily due to lower revenues from equity issuances.

•

Trading revenues decreased in the current quarter primarily as a result of lower fixed income revenue driven by product mix. In addition to lower fixed income revenue, Trading revenues decreased in the current year period as a result of lower gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans.

•

Commissions and fees were relatively unchanged in the current quarter. In the current year period, Commissions and fees increased primarily as a result of increased client transactions in alternatives and annuities products, partially offset by decreased activity in mutual funds.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $2,573 million in the current quarter and $7,582 million in the current year period increased 8% and 10%, respectively, primarily due to the effect of market appreciation and net positive flows on the respective beginning of period fee-based client assets balances on which billings are generally based, partially offset by lower average fee rates.

See “Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.

Net Interest

Net interest of $1,070 million in the current quarter and $3,182 million in the current year period increased 4% and 5%, respectively, primarily as a result of higher interest rates and higher loan balances. In the current quarter and current year period, the effect of higher interest rates on loans was partially offset by higher average interest rates on Deposits, due to changes in our deposit mix.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $3,205 million in the current quarter and $9,587 million in the current year period both increased 3% primarily as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses.

•

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to higher revenues and increases in salaries. In the current year period, these increases were partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

•

Non-compensation expenses were relatively unchanged in both the current quarter and current year period, with increased investment in technology offset by a decrease in litigation expenses.

Income Tax Items

The effective tax rate in the current quarter and current year period is lower compared with the prior year periods primarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.


		13		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Fee-Based Client Assets

For a description of fee-based client assets, including descriptions of the fee based client asset types and rollforward items in the following tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Wealth Management—Fee-Based Client Assets” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards


$ in billions	At June 30, 2018		Inflows		Outflows			Market Impact			At September 30, 2018
Separately managed¹	$	267	$	14	$	(6	)	$	(3	)	$	272
Unified managed		259		11		(8	)		5			267
Mutual fund advisory		20		1		(1	)		—			20
Advisor		149		7		(8	)		5			153
Portfolio manager		367		18		(12	)		13			386
Subtotal	$	1,062	$	51	$	(35	)	$	20		$	1,098
Cash management		22		4		(4	)		—			22
Total fee-based client assets	$	1,084	$	55	$	(39	)	$	20		$	1,120


$ in billions	At June 30, 2017		Inflows		Outflows			Market Impact		At September 30, 2017
Separately managed¹	$	237	$	8	$	(5	)	$	3	$	243
Unified managed		228		11		(7	)		7		239
Mutual fund advisory		21		1		(1	)		—		21
Advisor		138		9		(7	)		4		144
Portfolio manager		321		18		(11	)		10		338
Subtotal	$	945	$	47	$	(31	)	$	24	$	985
Cash management		17		3		(2	)		—		18
Total fee-based client assets	$	962	$	50	$	(33	)	$	24	$	1,003


$ in billions	At December 31, 2017		Inflows		Outflows			Market Impact		At September 30, 2018
Separately managed¹	$	252	$	30	$	(15	)	$	5	$	272
Unified managed		250		36		(23	)		4		267
Mutual fund advisory		21		—		(2	)		1		20
Advisor		149		22		(22	)		4		153
Portfolio manager		353		55		(31	)		9		386
Subtotal	$	1,025	$	143	$	(93	)	$	23	$	1,098
Cash management		20		14		(12	)		—		22
Total fee-based client assets	$	1,045	$	157	$	(105	)	$	23	$	1,120

$ in billions	At December 31, 2016		Inflows		Outflows			Market Impact		At September 30, 2017
Separately managed¹	$	222	$	24	$	(16	)	$	13	$	243
Unified managed		204		36		(22	)		21		239
Mutual fund advisory		21		1		(3	)		2		21
Advisor		125		27		(20	)		12		144
Portfolio manager		285		57		(29	)		25		338
Subtotal	$	857	$	145	$	(90	)	$	73	$	985
Cash management		20		9		(11	)		—		18
Total fee-based client assets	$	877	$	154	$	(101	)	$	73	$	1,003

1.	Includes non-custody account values reflecting prior quarter-end balances due to a lag in the reporting of asset values by third-party custodians.

Average Fee Rates


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
Fee rate in bps	2018		2017		2018		2017
Separately managed		15		17		16		16
Unified managed		97		97		97		98
Mutual fund advisory		119		118		119		118
Advisor		84		84		84		84
Portfolio manager		95		94		95		96
Subtotal		75		76		76		76
Cash management		6		6		6		6
Total fee-based client assets		74		75		74		75


September 2018 Form 10-Q		14


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investment Management

Income Statement Information


	Three Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017			% Change
Revenues
Trading	$	2		$	(7	)		N/M
Investments		40			114			(65)%
Asset management		604			568			6%
Other		(3	)		1			N/M
Total non-interest revenues		643			676			(5)%
Interest income		19			1			N/M
Interest expense		9			2			N/M
Net interest		10			(1	)		N/M
Net revenues		653			675			(3)%
Compensation and benefits		269			311			(14)%
Non-compensation expenses		282			233			21%
Total non-interest expenses		551			544			1%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		102			131			(22)%
Provision for income taxes		18			16			13%
Income from continuing operations		84			115			(27)%
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		2			—			N/M
Net income		86			115			(25)%
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		6			1			N/M
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	80		$	114			(30)%


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017			% Change
Revenues
Trading	$	23	$	(21	)		N/M
Investments		172		337			(49)%
Asset management		1,840		1,624			13%
Other		10		9			11%
Total non-interest revenues		2,045		1,949			5%
Interest income		37		3			N/M
Interest expense		20		3			N/M
Net interest		17		—			N/M
Net revenues		2,062		1,949			6%
Compensation and benefits		845		878			(4)%
Non-compensation expenses		827		695			19%
Total non-interest expenses		1,672		1,573			6%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		390		376			4%
Provision for income taxes		73		87			(16)%
Income from continuing operations		317		289			10%
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		2		—			N/M
Net income		319		289			10%
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		8		8			—%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	311	$	281			11%

Net Revenues

Investments

Investments gains of $40 million in the current quarter compared with $114 million in the prior year quarter reflect lower carried interest in certain infrastructure and multi-manager private equity funds.

Investments gains of $172 million in the current year period compared with $337 million in the prior year period reflect lower carried interest in certain infrastructure funds and the reversal of previously accrued carried interest in certain Asia private equity funds, primarily due to losses associated with weakening Asia-Pacific currencies.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $604 million in the current quarter and $1,840 million in the current year period increased 6% and 13%, respectively, primarily as a result of higher average long-term AUM. See “AUM Rollforwards” herein.

The adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers had the effect of increasing Asset management revenues due to the gross presentation of distribution fees. This increase (approximately $17 million in the current quarter and $61 million in the current year period) was partially offset by the delayed recognition of certain performance fees not in the form of carried interest until they are no longer probable of reversing. See Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further details.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $551 million in the current quarter and $1,672 million in the current year period increased 1% and 6%, respectively, primarily due to higher Non-compensation expenses.

•

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased in the current quarter and current year period due to decreases in deferred compensation associated with carried interest and the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced. In the current year period, these decreases were partially offset by increases in salaries and discretionary incentive compensation.

•

Non-compensation expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily as a result of higher fee sharing on increased average AUM balances and the gross presentation of distribution fees due to the adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers. See “Asset Management” above.


		15		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Income Tax Items

The effective tax rate in the current year period is lower compared with the prior year period primarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

Assets Under Management or Supervision

For a description of the asset classes and rollforward items in the following tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Investment Management—Assets Under Management or Supervision” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

AUM Rollforwards


$ in billions	At June 30, 2018		Inflows		Outflows			Market Impact		Other¹			At September 30, 2018
Equity	$	114	$	10	$	(9	)	$	3	$	(1	)	$	117
Fixed income		69		6		(4	)		—		—			71
Alternative/Other		132		5		(4	)		1		(1	)		133
Long-term AUM subtotal		315		21		(17	)		4		(2	)		321
Liquidity²		159		313		(322	)		1		(1	)		150
Total AUM	$	474	$	334	$	(339	)	$	5	$	(3	)	$	471
Shares of minority stake assets		7												7

$ in billions	At June 30, 2017		Inflows		Outflows			Market Impact		Other¹			At September 30, 2017
Equity	$	94	$	5	$	(6	)	$	4	$	—		$	97
Fixed income		66		7		(5	)		1		—			69
Alternative/Other		121		5		(3	)		1		1			125
Long-term AUM subtotal		281		17		(14	)		6		1			291
Liquidity		154		279		(277	)		1		(1	)		156
Total AUM	$	435	$	296	$	(291	)	$	7	$	—		$	447
Shares of minority stake assets		8												7


$ in billions	At December 31, 2017		Inflows		Outflows			Market Impact			Other¹			At September 30, 2018
Equity	$	105	$	30	$	(23	)	$	6		$	(1	)	$	117
Fixed income		73		20		(20	)		(1	)		(1	)		71
Alternative/Other		128		16		(13	)		2			—			133
Long-term AUM subtotal		306		66		(56	)		7			(2	)		321
Liquidity²		176		1,013		(1,039	)		2			(2	)		150
Total AUM	$	482	$	1,079	$	(1,095	)	$	9		$	(4	)	$	471
Shares of minority stake assets		7													7

$ in billions	At December 31, 2016		Inflows		Outflows			Market Impact			Other¹			At September 30, 2017
Equity	$	79	$	16	$	(16	)	$	17		$	1		$	97
Fixed income		60		20		(16	)		3			2			69
Alternative/Other		115		18		(13	)		5			—			125
Long-term AUM subtotal		254		54		(45	)		25			3			291
Liquidity		163		915		(923	)		1			—			156
Total AUM	$	417	$	969	$	(968	)	$	26		$	3		$	447
Shares of minority stake assets		8													7

1.	Includes distributions and foreign currency impact for all periods and the impact of the Mesa West Capital, LLC acquisition in the current year period.

2.	Included in Liquidity products outflows in the current quarter and current year period are $(8) billion and $(18) billion, respectively, related to the redesign of our brokerage sweep deposits program. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Unsecured Financing” herein for more information.

Average AUM


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in billions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Equity	$	116	$	96	$	112	$	90
Fixed income		70		68		72		65
Alternative/Other		133		123		131		120
Long-term AUM subtotal		319		287		315		275
Liquidity		153		156		159		155
Total AUM	$	472	$	443	$	474	$	430
Shares of minority stake assets		7		7		7		7

Average Fee Rate


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
Fee rate in bps	2018		2017		2018		2017
Equity		76		75		76		74
Fixed income		33		34		34		33
Alternative/Other		65		68		67		69
Long-term AUM		62		62		62		62
Liquidity		17		18		18		18
Total AUM		47		47		47		46


September 2018 Form 10-Q		16


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

Income Tax Matters

Effective Tax Rate from Continuing Operations


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2018			2017			2018			2017
U.S. GAAP		24.4	%		28.1	%		21.9	%		29.7%
Adjusted effective income tax rate—non-GAAP¹		24.6	%		31.4	%		22.8	%		30.5%
Net discrete tax provisions/(benefits)
Intermittent²	$	(4	)	$	(83	)	$	(92	)	$	(65)
Recurring³	$	—		$	(11	)	$	(164	)	$	(139)

1.	Adjusted effective income tax rate is a non-GAAP measure which excludes intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits). For further information on non-GAAP measures, see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

2.	Includes all tax provisions (benefits) which have been determined to be discrete, other than recurring-type items as defined below.

Recurring-type discrete tax benefits represent income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards, which are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each quarter.

The current year period includes intermittent net discrete tax benefits primarily associated with new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters. The prior year quarter and prior year period included intermittent net discrete tax benefits primarily resulting from the remeasurement of certain deferred taxes.

The effective tax rate reflects our current assumptions, estimates and interpretations related to the Tax Act and other factors. The Tax Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly revised U.S. corporate income tax law by, among other things, reducing the corporate income tax rate to 21%, and implementing a modified territorial tax system that includes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries; imposes a minimum tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) and an alternative base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) on U.S. corporations that make deductible payments to non-U.S. related persons in excess of specified amounts; and broadens the tax base by partially or wholly eliminating tax deductions for certain historically deductible expenses. Our income tax estimates may change as additional clarification and implementation guidance continue to be received from the U.S. Treasury Department and as the interpretation of the Tax Act evolves over time.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

Our U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”) accept deposit accounts, provide loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, and invest in securities. The

lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment primarily include loans and lending commitments to corporate clients. The lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment primarily include: securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities; and residential real estate loans.

We expect our lending activities to continue to grow through further market penetration of our client base. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk.” For further discussion about loans and lending commitments, see Notes 7 and 11 to the financial statements.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information¹


$ in billions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Assets	$	203.2	$	185.3
Investment securities portfolio:
Investment securities—AFS		41.5		42.0
Investment securities—HTM		19.0		17.5
Total investment securities	$	60.5	$	59.5
Deposits²	$	174.4	$	159.1
Wealth Management
Securities-based lending and other loans³	$	44.4	$	41.2
Residential real estate loans		26.7		26.7
Total	$	71.1	$	67.9
Institutional Securities
Corporate loans	$	30.0	$	24.2
Wholesale real estate loans		10.9		12.2
Total	$	40.9	$	36.4

1.	Amounts exclude transactions between the bank subsidiaries as well as deposits from the Parent Company and affiliates.

2.	For further information on deposits, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” herein.

3.	Other loans primarily include tailored lending.

Accounting Development Updates

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates that apply to us. Accounting updates not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

The following accounting updates are currently being evaluated to determine the potential impact of adoption:

•

Derivatives and Hedging (ASU 2018-16). The amendments in this update permit use of the Overnight Index Swap (“OIS”) rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. This update is effective for us as of


		17		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. This update does not impact our existing hedges.

•

Leases. This accounting update requires lessees to recognize in the balance sheet all leases with terms exceeding one year, which results in the recognition of a right of use asset and corresponding lease liability, including for those leases that we currently classify as operating leases. The accounting for leases where we are the lessor is largely unchanged.

The right of use asset and lease liability will initially be measured using the present value of the remaining rental payments. This change to the accounting for leases where we are lessee requires modifications to our lease accounting systems and determining the discount rate to use in calculating the present value of the remaining rental payments. We will adopt this accounting update as of the effective date, January 1, 2019. Based upon our current population of leases, we expect the right of use asset and corresponding lease liability to be less than 1% of our total assets.

•

Financial Instruments–Credit Losses. This accounting update impacts the impairment model for certain financial assets measured at amortized cost by requiring a CECL methodology to estimate expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial asset, recorded at inception or purchase. CECL will replace the loss model currently applicable to loans held for investment, HTM securities and other receivables carried at amortized cost.

The update also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment for AFS securities. Impairments on AFS securities will be required to be recognized in earnings through an allowance, when the fair value is less than amortized cost and a credit loss exists or the securities are expected to be sold before recovery of amortized cost.

Under the update, there may be an ability to determine there are no expected credit losses in certain circumstances, e.g., based on collateral arrangements for lending and financing transactions or based on the credit quality of the borrower or issuer.

Overall, the amendments in this update are expected to accelerate the recognition of credit losses for portfolios where the CECL models will be applied. This update is effective as of January 1, 2020.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the financial statements). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the financial

statements in the 2017 Form 10-K and Note 2 to the financial statements), the fair value, goodwill and intangible assets, legal and regulatory contingencies and income taxes policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. For a further discussion about our critical accounting policies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Senior management, with oversight by the Asset and Liability Management Committee and the Board of Directors (“Board”), establishes and maintains our liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. The Treasury department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that our business activities have on our balance sheet, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Balance Sheet

We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.

We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated and business segment levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need to re-allocate our balance sheet based on business unit needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size and capital usage.

Total Assets by Business Segment

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Total

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents¹

73,425

18,972

92,481

Trading assets at fair value

279,579

3,538

283,188

Investment securities

22,742

59,826

—

82,568

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

57,663

11,423

—

69,086

Securities borrowed

142,177

312

—

142,489

Customer and other receivables

43,010

17,256

573

60,839

Loans, net of allowance²

38,878

71,100

109,983

Other assets³

14,034

9,206

1,643

24,883

Total assets

671,508

188,166

5,843

865,517


September 2018 Form 10-Q		18


Management’s Discussion and Analysis


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	IS		WM		IM		Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents¹	$	63,597	$	16,733	$	65	$	80,395
Trading assets at fair value		295,678		59		2,545		298,282
Investment securities		19,556		59,246		—		78,802
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		74,732		9,526		—		84,258
Securities borrowed		123,776		234		—		124,010
Customer and other receivables		36,803		18,763		621		56,187
Loans, net of allowance²		36,269		67,852		5		104,126
Other assets³		14,563		9,596		1,514		25,673
Total assets	$	664,974	$	182,009	$	4,750	$	851,733

IS—Institutional Securities

WM—Wealth Management

IM—Investment Management

1.	Cash and cash equivalents includes Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks and Restricted cash.

2.	Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 7 to the financial statements).

3.	Other assets primarily includes Goodwill, Intangible assets, premises, equipment, software, other investments, and deferred tax assets.

A substantial portion of total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. Total assets increased to $865.5 billion at September 30, 2018 from $851.7 billion at December 31, 2017, primarily due to increases in loans across all segments, as well as a net increase to support client activity in secured financings as reflected in Securities borrowed and Securities purchased under agreements to resell in the Institutional Securities business segment. Trading assets within the Institutional Securities business segment declined due to reductions in Equities inventory to support changes in client positioning, which resulted in greater liquidity, as reflected by increases in Cash and cash equivalents and Investment securities.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework

The primary goal of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support the execution of our business strategies.

The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and the GLR, which support our target liquidity profile. For further discussion about the Firm’s Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources— Liquidity Risk Management Framework” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve

We maintain sufficient global liquidity reserves pursuant to our Required Liquidity Framework. For further discussion of our GLR, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

GLR by Type of Investment


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Cash deposits with banks¹	$	10,647	$	7,167
Cash deposits with central banks¹		43,772		33,791
Unencumbered highly liquid securities:
U.S. government obligations		93,545		73,422
U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities		32,422		55,750
Non-U.S. sovereign obligations²		32,019		19,424
Other investment grade securities		2,443		3,106
Total	$	214,848	$	192,660

1.	Included in Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks in the balance sheets.

2.	Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are primarily composed of unencumbered Japanese, U.K., German, Brazilian and French government obligations.

GLR Managed by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities

$ in millions

At
September 30,
2018

At
December 31,
2017

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

September 30, 2018

Bank legal entities

Domestic

78,320

70,364

76,899

Foreign

4,628

4,756

4,343

Total Bank legal entities

82,948

75,120

81,242

Non-Bank legal entities

Domestic:

Parent Company

44,064

41,642

63,328

Non-Parent Company

31,992

35,264

31,208

Total Domestic

76,056

76,906

94,536

Foreign

55,844

40,634

53,195

Total Non-Bank legal entities

131,900

117,540

147,731

Total

214,848

192,660

228,973

Regulatory Liquidity Framework

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to LCR requirements including a requirement to calculate each entity’s LCR on each business day. The requirements are designed to ensure that banking organizations have sufficient HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations.


		19		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The regulatory definition of HQLA is substantially the same as our GLR. GLR includes cash placed at institutions other than central banks that is considered an inflow for LCR purposes. HQLA includes a portion of cash placed at central banks, certain unencumbered investment grade corporate bonds and publicly traded common equities, which do not meet the definition of our GLR.

Based on our daily calculations, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum required LCR of 100%.

HQLA by Type of Asset and LCR


	Average Daily Balance Three Months Ended
$ in millions	September 30, 2018		June 30, 2018
HQLA
Cash deposits with central banks	$	48,962	$	38,456
Securities¹		140,060		128,268
Total	$	189,022	$	166,724
LCR		135%		128%

1.	Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds, publicly traded common equities, and investment grade corporate bonds.

The increase in the LCR in the current quarter is due to increased HQLA, consistent with higher liquidity levels.

The Firm’s calculations are based on our current understanding of the LCR and other factors, which may be subject to change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators relating to the LCR, and as the interpretation of the LCR evolves over time.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The objective of the NSFR is to reduce funding risk over a one-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) has previously finalized the NSFR framework. In May 2016, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S., which would apply to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. Our preliminary estimates, based on the current proposal, indicate that actions will be necessary to meet the requirement, which we would expect to accomplish by the effective date of any final rule. Our preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results based on the final rule to differ materially from estimates. For an additional discussion of the NSFR, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Liquidity Framework—Net Stable Funding Ratio” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Funding Management

We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include our equity capital, borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing

For a discussion of our secured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Secured Financing” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the weighted average maturity of our secured financing of less liquid assets was greater than 120 days.

Collateralized Financing Transactions


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed	$	211,575	$	208,268
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned	$	72,161	$	70,016
Securities received as collateral¹	$	8,865	$	13,749


	Average Daily Balance Three Months Ended
$ in millions	September 30, 2018		December 31, 2017
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed	$	229,243	$	214,343
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned	$	59,346	$	66,879

1.	Included in Trading assets in the balance sheets.

See Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K and Note 6 to the financial statements for more details on collateralized financing transactions.

In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we also engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets, and payables under these financing transac-


September 2018 Form 10-Q		20


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

tions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheets. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit our credit exposure to customers and liquidity reserves held against this risk exposure.

Unsecured Financing

For a discussion of our unsecured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Deposits


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Savings and demand deposits:
Brokerage sweep deposits¹	$	132,835	$	135,946
Savings and other		11,127		8,541
Total Savings and demand deposits		143,962		144,487
Time deposits²		31,223		14,949
Total	$	175,185	$	159,436

1.	Represents balances swept from client brokerage accounts.

2.	Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3 to the financial statements).

Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. Total deposits at September 30, 2018 increased compared with December 31, 2017, primarily driven by increases in Time deposits and Savings and other deposits, partially offset by a reduction in Brokerage sweep deposits due to client deployment of cash into investments and typical seasonal client tax payments. While Brokerage sweep deposits declined since December 31, 2017, the redesign of our brokerage sweep deposit program initiated in the second quarter of 2018 resulted in inflows of approximately $18 billion. These inflows corresponded with outflows from Liquidity products AUM in the Investment Management business segment (see “Business Segments—Investment Management—Assets Under Management or Supervision” herein for more information).

Borrowings

We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.

The availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. We also engage in, and may continue to engage in, repurchases of our borrowings in the ordinary course of business.

Borrowings by Remaining Maturity at September 30, 2018¹

$ in millions

Parent
Company

Subsidiaries

Total

Original maturities of one year or less

938

940

Original maturities greater than one year

2018

2,673

1,380

4,053

2019

21,352

4,350

25,702

2020

18,705

2,713

21,418

2021

21,236

3,167

24,403

2022

14,935

1,961

16,896

Thereafter

80,300

17,177

97,477

Total

159,201

30,748

189,949

Total Borrowings

159,203

31,686

190,889

Maturities over next 12 months²

24,122

1.	Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, remaining maturity represents the earliest put date.

2.	Includes only borrowings with original maturities greater than one year.

Borrowings of $190,889 million as of September 30, 2018 remained relatively unchanged compared with $192,582 million at December 31, 2017.

For further information on Borrowings, see Note 10 to the financial statements.

Credit Ratings

We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are impacted by our credit ratings, among other things. In addition, our credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider company-specific factors, other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes, and the macroeconomic environment, among other things.

Our credit ratings do not include any uplift from perceived government support from any rating agency given the significant progress of U.S. financial reform legislation and regulations. Some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from non-governmental third-party sources of potential support.


		21		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Parent Company and MSBNA Senior Unsecured Ratings at October 31, 2018


	Parent Company
	Short-Term Debt	Long-Term Debt	Rating Outlook
DBRS, Inc.	R-1 (middle)	A (high)	Stable
Fitch Ratings, Inc.	F1	A	Stable
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.	P-2	A3	Stable
Rating and Investment Information, Inc.	a-1	A-	Stable
S&P Global Ratings	A-2	BBB+	Stable


	MSBNA
	Short-Term Debt	Long-Term Debt	Rating Outlook
Fitch Ratings, Inc.	F1	A+	Stable
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.	P-1	A1	Stable
S&P Global Ratings	A-1	A+	Stable

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments

In connection with certain OTC derivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position. See Note 4 to the financial statements for additional information on OTC derivatives that contain such contingent features.

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency pre-downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management

We view capital as an important source of financial strength and actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses. We attempt to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of our operating subsidiaries’ required equity.

Common Stock


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Repurchases of common stock under our share repurchase program	$	1,180	$	1,250	$	3,680	$	2,500

From time to time we repurchase our outstanding common stock, including as part of our share repurchase program. On April 18, 2018, we entered into a sales plan with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) whereby MUFG sells shares of the Firm’s common stock to us, as part of our share repurchase program. The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and us, including the joint ventures in Japan. For a description of our share repurchase program, see “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.”

For a description of our capital plan, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans and Stress Tests.”

Common Stock Dividend Announcement


Announcement date		October 16, 2018
Amount per share		$0.30
Date to be paid		November 15, 2018
Shareholders of record as of		October 31, 2018

Preferred Stock

Preferred Stock Dividend Announcement


Announcement date		September 17, 2018
Date paid		October 15, 2018
Shareholders of record as of		September 28, 2018

For additional information on common and preferred stock, see Note 14 to the financial statements.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		22


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

We are a financial holding company (“FHC”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”), and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, see Note 13 to the financial statements.

Regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”).

Regulatory Capital Requirements

We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. For more information on our regulatory capital requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Capital Requirements” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Risk-based Regulatory Capital. Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital). Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, by 2019 we will be subject to the following buffers:

•

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

•

The Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

•

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.

In 2018, each of the buffers is 75% of the 2019 requirement noted above (during 2017, the buffers were 50%). Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. For a further discussion of the G-SIB capital surcharge, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—G-SIB Capital Surcharge” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Our risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”). At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, our ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules.

Effective January 1, 2019, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital requirements, inclusive of buffers, will increase to 10.0%, 11.5%, and 13.5%, respectively.

See “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein for additional capital requirements effective January 1, 2019.

Leverage-based Regulatory Capital. Minimum leverage-based capital requirements include a Tier 1 leverage ratio and an SLR. The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. We are required to maintain a Tier 1 SLR of 3% as well as an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2% (for a total of at least 5%) in order to avoid potential limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.


		23		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Regulatory Capital Ratios

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Required

Ratio

Fully Phased-In

Standardized

Advanced

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

61,758

Tier 1 capital

70,328

Total capital

79,899

79,649

Total RWA

370,714

357,055

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

8.6%

16.7%

17.3%

Tier 1 capital ratio

10.1%

19.0%

19.7%

Total capital ratio

12.1%

21.6%

22.3%

Leverage-based capital

Adjusted average assets¹

858,944

N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio

4.0%

8.2%

N/A

Supplementary leverage exposure²

N/A

1,101,263

SLR

5.0%

N/A

6.4%


	At December 31, 2017
	Required Ratio		Transitional³				Pro Forma Fully Phased-In
$ in millions	Required Ratio		Standardized		Advanced		Standardized		Advanced
Risk-based capital
Common Equity Tier 1 capital			$	61,134	$	61,134	$	60,564	$	60,564
Tier 1 capital				69,938		69,938		69,120		69,120
Total capital				80,275		80,046		79,470		79,240
Total RWA				369,578		350,212		377,241		358,324
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio		7.3%		16.5%		17.5%		16.1%		16.9%
Tier 1 capital ratio		8.8%		18.9%		20.0%		18.3%		19.3%
Total capital ratio		10.8%		21.7%		22.9%		21.1%		22.1%
Leverage-based capital
Adjusted average assets¹			$	842,270		N/A	$	841,756		N/A
Tier 1 leverage ratio		4.0%		8.3%		N/A		8.2%		N/A
Supplementary leverage exposure²				N/A	$	1,082,683		N/A	$	1,082,170
Pro forma SLR		5.0%		N/A		6.5%		N/A		6.4%

Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the current quarter and the quarter ended December 31, 2017, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other capital deductions.

Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily (i) potential future exposure for derivative exposures, gross-up for cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

3.	Regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios calculated under transitional rules until December 31, 2017.

At December 31, 2017, the pro forma fully phased-in estimated amounts and the pro forma estimated SLR utilized fully phased-in Tier 1 capital, including the fully phased-in Tier 1 capital deductions that applied beginning January 1, 2018. These pro forma fully phased-in estimates were non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017. These estimates were based on our understanding of the capital rules and other factors at the time.

Regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios including regulatory capital and RWA calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017. The regulatory capital analyses in the following tables are presented using pro forma fully phased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017, which are equivalent to amounts calculated as of September 30, 2018.

Fully Phased-In Regulatory Capital


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018			At December 31, 2017¹			Change
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
Common stock and surplus	$	10,852		$	14,354		$	(3,502)
Retained earnings		63,330			57,577			5,753
AOCI		(3,999	)		(3,060	)		(939)
Regulatory adjustments and deductions:
Net goodwill		(6,654	)		(6,599	)		(55)
Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)		(2,237	)		(2,446	)		209
Other adjustments and deductions²		466			738			(272)
Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital	$	61,758		$	60,564		$	1,194
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock	$	8,520		$	8,520		$	—
Noncontrolling interests		460			415			45
Other adjustments and deductions		—			(23	)		23
Additional Tier 1 capital	$	8,980		$	8,912		$	68
Deduction for investments in covered funds		(410	)		(356	)		(54)
Total Tier 1 capital	$	70,328		$	69,120		$	1,208
Standardized Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt	$	9,052		$	9,839		$	(787)
Noncontrolling interests		108			98			10
Eligible allowance for credit losses		431			423			8
Other adjustments and deductions		(20	)		(10	)		(10)
Total Standardized Tier 2 capital	$	9,571		$	10,350		$	(779)
Total Standardized capital	$	79,899		$	79,470		$	429
Advanced Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt	$	9,052		$	9,839		$	(787)
Noncontrolling interests		108			98			10
Eligible credit reserves		181			193			(12)
Other adjustments and deductions		(20	)		(10	)		(10)
Total Advanced Tier 2 capital	$	9,321		$	10,120		$	(799)
Total Advanced capital	$	79,649		$	79,240		$	409

1.	The pro forma fully phased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017 are non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017.

2.	Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital include credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, net deferred tax assets, net after-tax DVA and adjustments related to AOCI.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		24


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Fully Phased-In RWA Rollforward


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018¹
$ in millions	Standardized			Advanced
Credit risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2017²	$	301,946		$	170,754
Change related to the following items:
Derivatives		(905	)		2,431
Securities financing transactions		1,269			2,583
Securitizations		941			(639)
Investment securities		(271	)		6,708
Commitments, guarantees and loans		9,491			8,073
Cash		960			773
Equity investments		(1,346	)		(1,429)
Other credit risk³		(1,945	)		(1,498)
Total change in credit risk RWA	$	8,194		$	17,002
Balance at September 30, 2018	$	310,140		$	187,756
Market risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2017²	$	75,295		$	74,907
Change related to the following items:
Regulatory VaR		179			179
Regulatory stressed VaR		(5,242	)		(5,242)
Incremental risk charge		1,097			1,097
Comprehensive risk measure		(2,636	)		(2,102)
Specific risk:
Non-securitizations		(3,838	)		(3,838)
Securitizations		(4,281	)		(4,281)
Total change in market risk RWA	$	(14,721	)	$	(14,187)
Balance at September 30, 2018	$	60,574		$	60,720
Operational risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2017²		N/A		$	112,663
Change in operational risk RWA		N/A			(4,084)
Balance at September 30, 2018		N/A		$	108,579
Total RWA	$	370,714		$	357,055

Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements

1.	The RWA for each category reflects both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.

2.	The pro forma fully phased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017 are non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017.

3.	Amount reflects assets not in a defined category, non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions, as applicable.

Credit risk RWA increased in the current year period under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches primarily due to increased corporate lending exposures within the Institutional Securities business segment. Credit risk RWA for Investment securities also increased in the current year period under the Advanced Approach driven by model revisions which increased the risk weighting for certain counterparty types.

Market risk RWA decreased in the current year period under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches primarily due to a decrease in Stressed VaR driven by reduced interest rate and credit spread risk, a decrease in securitization specific risk charges mainly as a result of reduced exposures in mortgage-backed securities, and a decrease in non-securitization specific risk charges primarily due to reduced exposures in bonds and equity derivatives.

The decrease in operational risk RWA under the Advanced Approach in the current year period reflects a continued reduction in the frequency and magnitude of internal losses utilized in the operational risk capital model related to litigation and execution and processing.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements

On December 15, 2016, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule for top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIB (“covered BHC”), including the Parent Company, that establishes external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements. The final rule contains various definitions and restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to be issued by the covered BHC and be unsecured, have a maturity of one year or more from the date of issuance and not have certain derivative-linked features typically associated with certain types of structured notes. We expect to be in compliance with all requirements of the rule by January 1, 2019, the date that compliance is required.

The Federal Reserve’s proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR would also make corresponding changes to the calibration of the TLAC leverage-based requirements, as well as certain other technical changes to the TLAC rule. For a further discussion of the enhanced SLR, see “Regulatory Developments—Proposed Modifications to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries” herein.

For a further discussion of TLAC and LTD requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” in the 2017 Form 10-K. For discussions about the interaction between the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC and LTD requirements, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR framework.

We submitted our 2018 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on April 5, 2018. On June 21, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, including us. On June 28, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and we received a conditional non-objection to our


		25		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Capital Plan, where the only condition was that our capital distributions not exceed the greater of the actual distributions we made over the previous four calendar quarters or the annualized average of actual distributions over the previous eight calendar quarters.

Our 2018 Capital Plan includes the repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019, and an increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.30 per share, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 18, 2018. The total amount of expected 2018 capital distributions is consistent with the $6.8 billion of actual dividends and gross share repurchases included in our 2017 Capital Plan. We disclosed a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests on June 21, 2018 on our Investor Relations webpage. In addition, we submitted the results of our mid-cycle company-run stress test to the Federal Reserve and on October 22, 2018 disclosed a summary of the results on our Investor Relations webpage.

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”), which was enacted on May 24, 2018, modifies certain aspects of the stress-testing process applicable to BHCs, including us. Pursuant to EGRRCPA, on October 31, 2018, the Federal Reserve issued a proposal to tailor prudential standards that would, among other things, modify our obligation to perform company-run stress-tests from semi-annually to annually.

Each of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries is also currently required to conduct an annual stress test. MSBNA and MSPBNA submitted their 2018 annual company-run stress tests to the OCC on April 5, 2018 and published a summary of their stress test results on June 21, 2018.

EGRRCPA also eliminates the statutory requirement for banks with less than $250 billion of total assets, which includes both of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, to conduct stress-testing, effective November 2019. The OCC provided guidance in July 2018 that MSPBNA, as a national bank with less than $100 billion of total consolidated assets, would be immediately exempted from company-run stress-testing requirements.

For a further discussion of our capital plans and stress tests, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans and Stress Tests” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework

Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital

adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated under the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital.

The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverage use-of-capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent Company common equity. We generally hold Parent Company common equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

The estimation and attribution of common equity to the business segments are based on the fully phased-in regulatory capital rules. The amount of capital allocated to the business segments is generally set at the beginning of each year and remains fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset unless a significant business change occurs (e.g., acquisition or disposition). Differences between available and Required Capital are attributed to Parent Company common equity during the year.

The Required Capital framework is expected to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment, for example, to incorporate changes in stress testing or enhancements to modeling techniques. We will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

Average Common Equity Attribution¹


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in billions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Institutional Securities	$	40.8	$	40.2	$	40.8	$	40.2
Wealth Management		16.8		17.2		16.8		17.2
Investment Management		2.6		2.4		2.6		2.4
Parent Company		10.0		10.7		9.4		10.0
Total	$	70.2	$	70.5	$	69.6	$	69.8

1.	Average common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

Resolution and Recovery Planning

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to periodically submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure.

Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2017 resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy. The Parent Company has amended and restated its secured support agreement with its


September 2018 Form 10-Q		26


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

material entities, as defined in our 2017 resolution plan. Under the secured amended and restated support agreement, upon the occurrence of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute or loan on a subordinated basis all of its contributable material assets, other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain intercompany receivables, to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities.

The obligations of the Parent Company under the secured amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company). As a result, claims of our material entities against the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company) are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.

In addition, on July 1, 2018, MSBNA and MSPBNA each submitted to the FDIC a resolution plan that describes its strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of its material financial distress or failure.

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, including the implications of such activities in a resolution scenario, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Regulatory Developments

Single-Counterparty Credit Limits

On June 14, 2018, the Federal Reserve finalized rules that establish single-counterparty credit limits (“SCCL”) for large banking organizations. U.S. G-SIBs, including us, are subject to a limit of 15% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined to include other U.S. G-SIBs, foreign G-SIBs, and nonbank systemically important financial institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve). In addition, we are subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty. We must comply with the final SCCL rules beginning on January 1, 2020.

Volcker Rule

The Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities,” including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain “proprietary trading” activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market-making activities, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with “covered funds,” with a number of exemptions and exclusions.

On June 5, 2018, the Federal Reserve and the other federal financial regulatory agencies responsible for the Volcker Rule’s implementing regulations released an interagency proposal that would revise certain elements of the Volcker Rule regulations. The proposed changes focus on proprietary trading, including the metrics reporting requirements and certain requirements imposed in connection with permitted market making, underwriting and risk-mitigating hedging activities, including market-making in and underwriting of covered funds. The impact of this proposal on us will not be known with certainty until final rules are issued. For more information about the Volcker Rule, see “Business— Supervision and Regulation—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements

On April 10, 2018, the Federal Reserve issued a proposal to integrate its annual capital planning and stress testing requirements with certain ongoing regulatory capital requirements. The proposal, which would apply to certain BHCs, including us, would introduce a stress capital buffer and a stress leverage buffer (collectively, “Stress Buffer Requirements”) and related changes to the capital planning and stress testing processes. Under the proposal, Stress Buffer Requirements would apply only with respect to the Standardized Approach and Tier 1 leverage regulatory capital requirements and would generally be effective on October 1, 2019.

In the Standardized Approach, the stress capital buffer would replace the existing Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer, which will be 2.5% as of January 1, 2019. The Standardized Approach stress capital buffer would equal the greater of (i) the maximum decline in our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio under the severely adverse scenario over the supervisory stress test measurement period, plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected RWA for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period, and (ii) 2.5%. Regulatory capital requirements under the Standardized Approach would include the stress capital buffer, as summarized above, as well as our Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge and any applicable Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB.

Like the stress capital buffer, the stress leverage buffer would be calculated based on the results of our annual supervisory stress tests. The stress leverage buffer would equal the maximum decline in our Tier 1 leverage ratio under the severely adverse scenario, plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected leverage ratio denominator for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period. No floor would be established for the stress leverage buffer, which would apply in addition to the current minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%.

The proposal would make related changes to capital planning and stress testing processes for BHCs subject to the Stress


		27		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Buffer Requirements. In particular, the proposal would limit projected capital actions to planned common stock dividends in the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period and would assume that BHCs maintain a constant level of assets and RWA throughout the supervisory stress test projection period.

The proposal does not change regulatory capital requirements under the Advanced Approach or the SLR, although the Federal Reserve and the OCC have separately proposed to modify the enhanced SLR requirements, as summarized below. If the proposal is adopted in its current form, limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers would be determined by the most stringent limitation, if any, as determined under the Standardized Approach or the Tier 1 leverage ratio, inclusive of Stress Buffer Requirements, or the Advanced Approach or SLR or TLAC requirements, inclusive of applicable buffers.

Proposed Modifications to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

On April 11, 2018, the Federal Reserve proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR that would replace the current 2% enhanced SLR buffer applicable to U.S. G-SIBs, including us, with a leverage buffer equal to 50% of our Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, which is currently 3%. Under the proposal, our enhanced SLR buffer would become 1.5%, for a total enhanced SLR requirement of 4.5%, assuming that our G-SIB capital surcharge remains the same when the proposal becomes effective.

As part of the same proposal, the Federal Reserve and the OCC also proposed to align the well-capitalized SLR standard applicable to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries with the proposed enhanced SLR buffer applicable to us. Under the proposal, the well-capitalized SLR requirement for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries would change from the current 6% to 3% plus 50% of our current Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, for a total well-capitalized SLR requirement of 4.5%, assuming that our G-SIB capital surcharge remains the same when the proposal becomes effective.

Proposed Regulatory Capital Adjustments Related to Implementation of the Current Expected Credit Losses Methodology

On April 17, 2018, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to revise the regulatory capital framework applicable to banking organizations, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, to address the new accounting standard for credit losses, known as a CECL methodology. For a further discussion of CECL, see “Accounting Development Updates—Financial Instruments—Credit Losses” herein.

The proposal modifies the regulatory capital rules to identify which credit loss allowances under the new accounting standard are eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital and to

provide banking organizations the option to phase in, over a three-year period, the adverse effects on regulatory capital that may result from the adoption of the new accounting standard. The proposal requires a banking organization that has adopted a CECL methodology to include the provision for credit losses beginning in the 2020 stress test cycle.

Proposed Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk

On October 30, 2018, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to incorporate the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (“SA-CCR”), a new derivatives counterparty exposure methodology, into the regulatory capital framework and related regulatory standards. As proposed, SA-CCR would replace the current exposure method, on a mandatory basis, in our and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Standardized Approach RWAs, central counterparty default fund contributions and, in modified form, in Supplementary Leverage Ratio exposure calculations. SA-CCR would be available as an alternative in our and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Advanced Approach RWAs for trade exposures, in single counterparty credit limits applicable to us, and in bank lending limits applicable to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The proposal would require us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to implement SA-CCR by July 1, 2020, but would permit voluntary early adoption before that date after a final rule adopting SA-CCR is effective.

U.S. Department of Labor Conflict of Interest Rule and SEC Standards of Conduct for Investment Professionals

The U.S. DOL’s final Conflict of Interest Rule under ERISA went into effect on June 9, 2017. On March 15, 2018, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit vacated the Conflict of Interest Rule and accompanying exemptions in their entirety. On June 21, 2018, the Court issued the mandate that makes effective its decision to vacate the rule.

On April 18, 2018, the SEC released for public comment a package of proposed rulemaking on the standards of conduct and required disclosures for broker-dealers and investment advisers. One of the proposals, entitled “Regulation Best Interest,” would require broker-dealers to act in the “best interest” of retail customers at the time a recommendation is made without placing the financial or other interests of the broker-dealer ahead of the interest of the retail customer. Additionally, the SEC proposed a new requirement for both broker-dealers and investment advisers to provide a brief relationship summary to retail investors with information intended to clarify the relationship between the parties. Finally, the SEC issued a proposed interpretation regarding the fiduciary duty that investment advisers owe their clients.

U.K. Withdrawal from the E.U.

Following the U.K. electorate vote to leave the E.U., the U.K. invoked Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty on March 29, 2017, which triggered a two-year period, subject to extension (which would need the unanimous approval of the E.U. Member States), during which the U.K. government has been negotiating its with-


September 2018 Form 10-Q		28


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

drawal agreement with the E.U. For further discussion of the potential impact of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U. on our operations, see “Risk Factors—International Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K. For further information regarding our exposure to the U.K., see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure.”

Expected Replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate

Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned working groups of market participants and official sector representatives with the goal of finding suitable replacements for LIBOR based on observable market transactions. It is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to alternative rates will occur over the course of the next few years. The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it has commitments from panel banks to continue to contribute to LIBOR through the end of 2021, but that it will not use its powers to compel contributions beyond such date. Accordingly, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the publication of such rates beyond 2021.

On April 3, 2018, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York commenced publication of three reference rates based on overnight U.S. Treasury repurchase agreement transactions, including SOFR, which has been recommended as an alternative to U.S. dollar LIBOR by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee. Further, the Bank of England has commenced publication of a reformed Sterling Overnight Index Average (“reformed SONIA”), comprised of a broader set of overnight Sterling money market transactions, as of April 23, 2018. Reformed SONIA has been recommended as the alternative to Sterling LIBOR by the working group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates. Central bank sponsored committees in other jurisdictions have, or are expected to, select alternative reference rates denominated in other currencies.

Although the full impact of such reforms and actions, together with any transition away from LIBOR, including the potential or actual discontinuance of LIBOR publication, remains unclear, these changes may have an adverse impact on the value of, return on and trading markets for a broad array of financial products, including any LIBOR-based securities,

loans and derivatives that are included in our financial assets and liabilities. Such reforms and actions may also require extensive changes to the contracts that govern these LIBOR-based products, as well as our systems and processes.

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates

For a discussion of the effects of inflation and changes in interest and foreign exchange rates on our business and financial results and strategies to mitigate potential exposures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated SPEs and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.

We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see Note 12 to the financial statements.

For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 11 to the financial statements. For further information on our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Lending Activities Included in Loans and Trading Assets.”

Contractual Obligations

For a discussion about our contractual obligations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual Obligations” in the 2017 Form 10-K.


		29		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk

Management believes effective risk management is vital to the success of our business activities. For a discussion of our risk management functions, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, we incur market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of our VaR for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, we incur market risk within the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments. The Wealth Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk from lending and deposit-taking activities. The Investment Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk from capital investments in alternative and other funds. For a further discussion of market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Trading Risks

Value-at-Risk. The statistical technique known as VaR is one of the tools we use to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of our trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations. For information regarding our VaR methodology, assumptions and limitations, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk—Sales and Trading and Related Activities—VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

We utilize the same VaR model for risk management purposes and for regulatory capital calculations. Our regulators have approved our VaR model for use in regulatory calculations.

The portfolio of positions used for our VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”). Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

The following table presents the Management VaR for the Trading portfolio. To further enhance the transparency of the traded market risk, the Credit Portfolio VaR has been disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories. The Credit Portfolio includes counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

95%/One-Day Management VaR


	Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Period End			Average			High		Low
Interest rate and credit spread	$	28		$	29		$	35	$	25
Equity price		13			15			17		13
Foreign exchange rate		12			12			13		9
Commodity price		7			8			10		7
Less: Diversification benefit^{1, 2}		(25	)		(27	)		N/A		N/A
Primary Risk Categories	$	35		$	37		$	42	$	33
Credit Portfolio		13			12			14		11
Less: Diversification benefit^{1, 2}		(6	)		(7	)		N/A		N/A
Total Management VaR	$	42		$	42		$	46	$	38


	Three Months Ended June 30, 2018
$ in millions	Period End			Average			High		Low
Interest rate and credit spread	$	32		$	35		$	43	$	29
Equity price		13			14			17		12
Foreign exchange rate		11			9			12		7
Commodity price		8			9			12		7
Less: Diversification benefit^{1, 2}		(25	)		(26	)		N/A		N/A
Primary Risk Categories	$	39		$	41		$	51	$	35
Credit Portfolio		14			11			14		9
Less: Diversification benefit^{1, 2}		(10	)		(8	)		N/A		N/A
Total Management VaR	$	43		$	44		$	54	$	38

Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.

2.	The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

Average total Management VaR and average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories of $42 million and $37 million, respectively, decreased from the three-months ended June 30, 2018, primarily as a result of reduced interest rate and credit spread risk within the Fixed Income division of the Institutional Securities business segment.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		30


Risk Disclosures

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues. One method of evaluating the reasonableness of our VaR model as a measure of our potential volatility of net revenues is to compare VaR with corresponding actual trading revenues. Assuming no intraday trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model would be questioned.

We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with corresponding actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results. There were no days in the current year period on which trading losses exceeded VaR.

The distribution of VaR statistics and net revenues is presented in the following histograms for the Total Trading populations.

Total Trading. As shown in the 95%/One-Day Management VaR table, the average 95%/one-day total Management VaR for the current quarter was $42 million. The following histogram presents the distribution of the daily 95%/one-day total Management VaR for the current quarter.

Daily 95%/One-Day Total Management VaR for the Current Quarter

($ in millions)

LOGO

The following histogram shows the distribution for the current quarter of daily net trading revenues, including profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities, for our trading businesses. Daily net trading revenues exclude certain items not captured in the VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income, and differ from the definition of revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which further excludes intraday trading.

Daily Net Trading Revenues for the Current Quarter

($ in millions)

LOGO

Non-Trading Risks

We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of our non-trading risks. The following sensitivity analyses cover substantially all of the non-trading risk in our portfolio.

Exposure Related to Our Own Credit Spread.

Credit Spread Risk Sensitivity¹


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At June 30, 2018
Derivatives	$	6	$	6
Funding liabilities²		34		32

1.	Amounts represent the increase in value for each 1 bps widening of our credit spread.

2.	Relates to structured note liabilities carried at fair value.

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity. The following table presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate shocks on net interest income over the next 12 months for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. These shocks are applied to our 12-month forecast for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, which incorporates market expectations of interest rates and our forecasted business activity.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018			At June 30, 2018
Basis point change
+200	$	493		$	531
+100		254			273
-100		(389	)		(489	)


		31		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Risk Disclosures

We do not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manage net interest income in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to optimize across a range of possible outcomes, including non-parallel rate change scenarios. The sensitivity analysis assumes that we take no action in response to these scenarios, assumes there are no changes in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates, and includes subjective assumptions regarding customer and market re-pricing behavior and other factors. The change in sensitivity to interest rates in the minus 100 basis point scenario between September 30, 2018 and June 30, 2018 is primarily related to higher interest rates.

Investments. We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated with a 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance fees.

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Performance Fees


	Loss from 10% Decline
$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At June 30, 2018
Investments related to Investment Management activities	$	286	$	301
Other investments:
MUMSS		166		164
Other Firm investments		183		181

MUMSS—Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

Equity Market Sensitivity. In the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, certain fee-based revenue streams are driven by the value of clients’ equity holdings. The overall level of revenues for these streams also depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equity market increase or decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market increase or decline and price volatility on client behavior. Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equity markets.

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. We primarily incur credit risk exposure to institutions and individuals through our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K. Also, see Notes 7 and 11 to the financial statements for additional information about our loans and lending commitments, respectively.

Lending Activities Included in Loans and Trading Assets

We provide loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, we purchase loans in the secondary market. In the balance sheets, these loans and lending commitments are carried as held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; as held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value; or at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans, and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the balance sheets. See Notes 3, 7 and 11 to the financial statements for further information.

Loans and Lending Commitments

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

IM¹

Total

Corporate loans

19,284

16,150

35,439

Consumer loans

—

28,321

—

28,321

Residential real estate loans

—

26,644

—

26,644

Wholesale real estate loans

8,157

—

8,157

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

27,441

71,115

98,561

Allowance for loan losses

(188

)

(43

)

—

(231

)

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

27,253

71,072

98,330

Corporate loans

10,035

—

10,035

Residential real estate loans

—

Wholesale real estate loans

1,589

—

1,589

Loans held for sale

11,625

—

11,653

Corporate loans

9,468

—

9,489

Residential real estate loans

912

—

912

Wholesale real estate loans

1,209

—

1,156

2,365

Loans held at fair value

11,589

—

1,177

12,766

Total loans

50,467

71,100

1,182

122,749

Lending commitments^{2, 3}

97,903

10,740

164

108,807

Total loans and lending commitments^{2, 3}

148,370

81,840

1,346

231,556


September 2018 Form 10-Q		32


Risk Disclosures


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	IS			WM			IM		Total
Corporate loans	$	15,332		$	14,417		$	5	$	29,754
Consumer loans		—			26,808			—		26,808
Residential real estate loans		—			26,635			—		26,635
Wholesale real estate loans		9,980			—			—		9,980
Loans held for investment, gross of allowance		25,312			67,860			5		93,177
Allowance for loan losses		(182	)		(42	)		—		(224	)
Loans held for investment, net of allowance		25,130			67,818			5		92,953
Corporate loans		9,456			—			—		9,456
Residential real estate loans		1			34			—		35
Wholesale real estate loans		1,682			—			—		1,682
Loans held for sale		11,139			34			—		11,173
Corporate loans		8,336			—			22		8,358
Residential real estate loans		799			—			—		799
Wholesale real estate loans		1,579			—			—		1,579
Loans held at fair value		10,714			—			22		10,736
Total loans		46,983			67,852			27		114,862
Lending commitments^{2, 3}		92,588			9,481			—		102,069
Total loans and lending commitments^{2, 3}	$	139,571		$	77,333		$	27	$	216,931

Investment Management business segment loans are entered into in conjunction with certain investment advisory activities. The increase in fair value loans in the current year period is a result of the consolidation of a fund managed by Mesa West Capital, LLC that primarily invests in commercial real estate loans with remaining maturities of less than 5 years.

Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

For syndications led by us, any lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of amounts syndicated. For syndications that we participate in and do not lead, any lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that we expect will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of our obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties.

Total loans and lending commitments increased by approximately $15 billion in the current year period, primarily due to increases in collateralized and relationship-based loans and lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Credit exposure arising from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the aggregate allowance for loan and commitment losses include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio, covenants and counterparty type. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

Allowance for Loans and Lending Commitments Held for Investment


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Loans	$	231	$	224
Lending commitments		201		198
Total allowance for loans and lending commitments	$	432	$	422

The aggregate allowance for loans and lending commitment losses increased during the current year period, primarily due to overall portfolio changes and qualitative and environmental factors impacting the inherent allowance within the Institutional Securities business segment. See Note 7 to the financial statements for further information.

Status of Loans Held for Investment

At September 30, 2018

At December 31, 2017

Current

99.8%

99.9%

99.5%

99.9%

Nonaccrual¹

0.2%

0.1%

0.5%

0.1%

1.	These loans are on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

Institutional Securities

In connection with certain Institutional Securities business segment activities, we provide loans and lending commitments to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients. These activities include originating and purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to equities and commodities customers and municipalities. These loans and lending commitments may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by us.

We also participate in securitization activities, whereby we extend short-term or long-term collateralized lines of credit and term loans with various types of collateral including residential real estate, commercial real estate, corporate and financial assets. These collateralized loans and lending commitments generally provide for over-collateralization. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. The Firm monitors collateral levels against the requirements of lending agreements. See Note 12 to the financial statements for information about our securitization activities.


		33		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Risk Disclosures

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments¹

At September 30, 2018

Years to Maturity

$ in millions

Less than 1

1-3

3-5

Over 5

Total

Loans

488

—

517

1,172

3,259

978

325

5,734

BBB

3,042

6,108

4,252

796

14,198

NIG

7,169

11,395

7,050

2,383

27,997

Unrated²

184

147

1,609

2,021

Total loans

11,474

21,434

12,427

5,132

50,467

Lending commitments

AAA

—

165

—

165

2,837

803

3,119

—

6,759

4,803

10,409

9,159

370

24,741

BBB

2,361

11,490

19,180

771

33,802

NIG

1,244

9,401

15,129

6,603

32,377

Unrated²

—

Total lending commitments

11,246

32,268

46,606

7,783

97,903

Total exposure

22,720

53,702

59,033

12,915

148,370


	At December 31, 2017
	Years to Maturity
$ in millions	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
Loans
AA	$	14	$	503	$	30	$	5	$	552
A		1,608		1,710		1,235		693		5,246
BBB		2,791		6,558		3,752		646		13,747
NIG		4,760		12,311		4,480		3,245		24,796
Unrated²		243		291		621		1,487		2,642
Total loans		9,416		21,373		10,118		6,076		46,983
Lending commitments
AAA		—		165		—		—		165
AA		3,745		1,108		3,002		—		7,855
A		3,769		5,533		11,774		197		21,273
BBB		3,987		12,345		16,818		1,095		34,245
NIG		4,159		9,776		12,279		2,698		28,912
Unrated²		9		40		42		47		138
Total lending commitments		15,669		28,967		43,915		4,037		92,588
Total exposure	$	25,085	$	50,340	$	54,033	$	10,113	$	139,571

NIG–Non-investment grade

1.	Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management department.

2.	Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk managed as a component of market risk. For a further discussion of our market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk” herein.

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Industry
Financials	$	32,546	$	22,112
Real estate		25,005		28,426
Consumer discretionary		12,267		11,555
Industrials		11,785		11,090
Information technology		11,337		11,862
Utilities		9,877		9,592
Healthcare		9,789		9,956
Energy		9,398		10,233
Consumer staples		8,640		8,315
Telecommunications services		5,720		4,172
Materials		5,432		5,069
Insurance		4,883		4,739
Other		1,691		2,450
Total	$	148,370	$	139,571

Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments

At September 30, 2018

Years to Maturity

$ in millions

Less than 1

1-3

3-5

Over 5

Total

Loans

2,565

778

615

662

4,620

Lending commitments

396

3,909

2,900

2,188

9,393

Total loans and lending commitments

2,961

4,687

3,515

2,850

14,013


	At December 31, 2017
	Years to Maturity
$ in millions	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
Loans	$	1,458	$	1,058	$	639	$	2,012	$	5,167
Lending commitments		1,272		3,206		2,091		1,874		8,443
Total loans and lending commitments	$	2,730	$	4,264	$	2,730	$	3,886	$	13,610

Event-driven loans and lending commitments, which comprise a portion of corporate loans and lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment, are associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization and project finance activities. Event-driven loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans. The increase in event-driven lending commitments in the current year period is primarily due to an increase in held-for-sale commitments driven by client M&A transactions.

Wealth Management

The principal Wealth Management lending activities include securities-based lending and residential real estate loans.

Securities-based lending provided to our clients is primarily conducted through our Liquidity Access Line platform. For more information about our securities-based lending and residential real estate loans, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Lending Activities” in the 2017 Form 10-K.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		34


Risk Disclosures

Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments

At September 30, 2018

Contractual Years to Maturity

$ in millions

Less than 1

1-3

3-5

Over 5

Total

Securities-based lending and other loans

37,622

3,736

2,005

1,083

44,446

Residential real estate loans

—

26,622

26,654

Total loans

37,622

3,763

2,010

27,705

71,100

Lending commitments

9,247

1,129

275

10,740

Total loans and lending commitments

46,869

4,892

2,099

27,980

81,840

Securities-based lending—Liquidity Access Line platform loans

33,738


	At December 31, 2017
	Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millions	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
Securities-based lending and other loans	$	34,389	$	3,687	$	1,899	$	1,231	$	41,206
Residential real estate loans		—		24		15		26,607		26,646
Total loans	$	34,389	$	3,711	$	1,914	$	27,838	$	67,852
Lending commitments		7,253		1,827		120		281		9,481
Total loans and lending commitments	$	41,642	$	5,538	$	2,034	$	28,119	$	77,333
Securities-based lending—Liquidity Access Line platform loans									$	32,230

For the current year period, loans and lending commitments associated with the Wealth Management business segment lending activities increased by approximately 6%, primarily due to growth in securities-based lending and other loans.

Lending Activities Included in Customer and Other

Receivables

Margin Loans

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Total

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

22,153

11,668

33,821

At December 31, 2017

$ in millions

Total

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

19,977

12,135

32,112

The Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments provide margin lending arrangements which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Margin lending activities generally have minimal credit risk due to the value of collateral held and their short-term nature.

Employee Loans


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018			At December 31, 2017
Balance	$	3,491		$	4,185
Allowance for loan losses		(70	)		(77)
Balance, net	$	3,421		$	4,108
Repayment term range, in years		1 to 20			1 to 20

Employee loans are generally granted to retain and recruit certain employees, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments. We establish an allowance for loan amounts to terminated employees that we do not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

Credit Exposure—Derivatives

We incur credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the possibility that a counterparty may fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with our OTC derivative activities, we generally enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide us with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master netting agreement in the event of counterparty default.

We manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). For a discussion of our credit exposure and related credit derivative contracts, see “Quantitative and Qualitative disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management–Credit Risk—Credit Exposure—Derivatives” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Counterparty Credit Rating and Remaining Contractual Maturity of OTC Derivative Assets at Fair Value

Credit Rating¹

$ in millions

AAA

BBB

NIG

Total

At September 30, 2018

< 1 year

473

6,603

42,113

13,877

7,596

70,662

1-3 years

747

3,392

23,551

9,717

7,039

44,446

3-5 years

821

2,396

13,462

5,584

2,607

24,870

Over 5 years

4,151

9,089

65,037

35,917

10,314

124,508

Total, gross

6,192

21,480

144,163

65,095

27,556

264,486

Counterparty netting

(2,683

)

(13,855

)

(116,420

)

(46,413

)

(15,519

)

(194,890)

Cash and securities collateral

(3,171

)

(5,811

)

(24,039

)

(13,251

)

(8,642

)

(54,914)

Total, net

338

1,814

3,704

5,431

3,395

14,682


		35		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Risk Disclosures


	Credit Rating^{1, 2}
$ in millions	AAA			AA			A			BBB			NIG			Total
At December 31, 2017
< 1 year	$	356		$	5,302		$	36,001		$	11,577		$	5,904		$	59,140
1-3 years		558			4,118			23,137			8,887			4,827			41,527
3-5 years		702			3,183			15,577			5,489			4,879			29,830
Over 5 years		5,470			11,667			78,779			37,286			12,079			145,281
Total, gross	$	7,086		$	24,270		$	153,494		$	63,239		$	27,689		$	275,778
Counterparty netting		(3,018	)		(15,261	)		(125,378	)		(45,421	)		(15,828	)		(204,906)
Cash and securities collateral		(3,188	)		(6,785	)		(23,257	)		(12,844	)		(9,123	)		(55,197)
Total, net	$	880		$	2,224		$	4,859		$	4,974		$	2,738		$	15,675

1.	Obligor credit ratings are determined internally by the Credit Risk Management department.

2.	Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

OTC Derivative Products at Fair Value, Net of Collateral, by Industry


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Industry
Utilities	$	4,290	$	4,382
Financials		3,487		3,330
Regional governments		894		1,005
Industrials		858		1,124
Energy		781		646
Healthcare		705		882
Information technology		704		715
Consumer discretionary		508		464
Not-for-profit organizations		500		703
Sovereign governments		486		1,084
Insurance		388		206
Real estate		341		374
Materials		289		329
Consumer staples		208		161
Other		243		270
Total	$	14,682	$	15,675

For additional information on derivative instruments, including credit derivatives, see Note 4 to the financial statements.

Country Risk Exposure

Country risk exposure is the risk that events in, or that affect, a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) might adversely affect us. We actively manage country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows us to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedging is monitored and managed. For a further discussion of our country risk exposure see, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Country Risk Exposure” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Our sovereign exposures consist of financial contracts/obligations entered into with sovereign and local governments. Our non-sovereign exposures consist of financial contracts/obligations entered into primarily with corporations and financial institutions. Index credit derivatives are included in the following country risk exposure table. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure column based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in the Net Inventory column based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

Top Ten Non-U.S. Country Exposures at September 30, 2018

United Kingdom

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

(594

)

1,958

1,364

Net counterparty exposure²

—

8,129

Loans

—

1,894

Lending commitments

—

5,702

Exposure before hedges

(594

)

17,683

17,089

Hedges³

(355

)

(1,550

)

(1,905)

Net exposure

(949

)

16,133

15,184

Japan

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

7,266

120

7,386

Net counterparty exposure²

3,199

3,242

Loans

—

Lending commitments

—

Exposure before hedges

7,309

3,319

10,628

Hedges³

(118

)

(114

)

(232)

Net exposure

7,191

3,205

10,396

Spain

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

(101

)

(49

)

(150)

Net counterparty exposure²

—

115

Loans

—

1,894

Lending commitments

—

4,110

Exposure before hedges

(101

)

6,070

5,969

Hedges³

—

(199

)

(199)

Net exposure

(101

)

5,871

5,770

Brazil

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

3,955

4,053

Net counterparty exposure²

—

337

Loans

—

Lending commitments

—

279

Exposure before hedges

3,955

782

4,737

Hedges³

(12

)

(18

)

(30)

Net exposure

3,943

764

4,707


September 2018 Form 10-Q		36


Risk Disclosures

France

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

539

605

Net counterparty exposure²

—

1,813

Loans

—

284

Lending commitments

—

2,102

Exposure before hedges

4,738

4,804

Hedges³

(56

)

(655

)

(711)

Net exposure

4,083

4,093

China

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

434

1,082

1,516

Net counterparty exposure²

281

128

409

Loans

—

1,304

Lending commitments

—

630

Exposure before hedges

715

3,144

3,859

Hedges³

(40

)

(10

)

(50)

Net exposure

675

3,134

3,809

Netherlands

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

(77

)

569

492

Net counterparty exposure²

—

732

Loans

—

1,540

Lending commitments

—

1,119

Exposure before hedges

(77

)

3,960

3,883

Hedges³

(32

)

(252

)

(284)

Net exposure

(109

)

3,708

3,599

Germany

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

(2,450

)

684

(1,766)

Net counterparty exposure²

476

1,746

2,222

Loans

—

947

Lending commitments

—

3,260

Exposure before hedges

(1,974

)

6,637

4,663

Hedges³

(510

)

(1,048

)

(1,558)

Net exposure

(2,484

)

5,589

3,105

Italy

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

1,218

642

1,860

Net counterparty exposure²

(16

)

392

376

Loans

—

122

Lending commitments

—

410

Exposure before hedges

1,202

1,566

2,768

Hedges³

(77

)

(61)

Net exposure

1,218

1,489

2,707

Canada

$ in millions

Sovereigns

Non-sovereigns

Total

Net inventory¹

(913

)

246

(667)

Net counterparty exposure²

1,845

1,880

Loans

—

Lending commitments

—

1,401

Exposure before hedges

(878

)

3,552

2,674

Hedges³

—

(149

)

(149)

Net exposure

(878

)

3,403

2,525

1.	Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for the fair value of any receivable or payable).

2.	Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.

Amounts represent CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable. For a further description of the contractual terms for purchased credit protection and whether they may limit the effectiveness of our hedges, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Credit Exposure—Derivatives” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Credit Derivatives Included in Net Inventory


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018
Gross purchased protection	$	(77,227)
Gross written protection		76,461
Net exposure	$	(766)

As a market maker, we may transact in CDS positions to facilitate client trading. The previous table includes exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries shown in the Top Ten Non-U.S. Country Exposures table.

Benefit of Collateral Received against Counterparty Credit

Exposure


$ in millions		At September 30, 2018
Counterparty credit exposure	Collateral¹
United Kingdom	U.K., U.S. and France	$	9,653
Germany	Germany and France		8,818
Other	U.S., Japan and France		15,448

1.	Collateral primarily consists of cash and government obligations.

Net counterparty exposure shown in the Top Ten Non-U.S. Country Exposures table is net of the benefit of collateral received shown in the previous table.

Country Risk Exposures Related to the U.K. At September 30, 2018, our country risk exposures in the U.K. included net exposures of $15,184 million as shown in the Top Ten Country Exposures table, and overnight deposits of $6,483 million. The $16,133 million of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and


		37		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Risk Disclosures

sectors. Of these exposures, $4,928 million were to U.K.-focused counterparties that generate more than one-third of their revenues in the U.K., $4,591 million were to geographically diversified counterparties, and $4,706 million were to exchanges and clearinghouses.

Country Risk Exposures Related to Brazil. At September 30, 2018, our country risk exposures in Brazil included net exposures of $4,707 million as shown in the Top Ten Country Exposures table. Our sovereign net exposures in Brazil were principally in the form of local currency government bonds held onshore to support client activity. The $764 million of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors.

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets). We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). For a further discussion about our operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Operational Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision making, or damage to the Firm’s reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions. Model risk is generated from the use of models impacting financial statements, regulatory filings, capital adequacy assessments and the formulation of strategy. For a further discussion about our model risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Model Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. For a further discussion about our liquidity risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Liquidity Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.

Legal and Compliance Risk

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation that we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML and terrorist financing rules and regulations. For a further discussion about our legal and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Legal and Compliance Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		38


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

Results of Review of Interim Financial Information

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of September 30, 2018, and the related condensed consolidated income statements and comprehensive income statements for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the cash flow statements and statements of changes in total equity for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “interim financial information”). Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying interim financial information for it to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Firm as of December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated income statement, comprehensive income statement, cash flow statement and statement of changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated February 27, 2018, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

Basis for Review Results

This interim financial information is the responsibility of the Firm’s management. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

November 5, 2018


		39		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Consolidated Income Statements

(Unaudited)


	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	September 30,					September 30,
in millions, except per share data	2018			2017		2018			2017
Revenues
Investment banking	$	1,567		$	1,380	$	4,994		$	4,455
Trading		2,752			2,704		9,815			8,870
Investments		136			167		409			495
Commissions and fees		932			937		3,144			2,997
Asset management		3,251			3,026		9,632			8,695
Other		298			200		748			628
Total non-interest revenues		8,936			8,414		28,742			26,140
Interest income		3,627			2,340		9,781			6,411
Interest expense		2,691			1,557		6,964			4,106
Net interest		936			783		2,817			2,305
Net revenues		9,872			9,197		31,559			28,445
Non-interest expenses
Compensation and benefits		4,310			4,169		13,845			12,887
Occupancy and equipment		351			330		1,033			990
Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees		559			522		1,795			1,556
Information processing and communications		513			459		1,487			1,320
Marketing and business development		152			128		471			419
Professional services		570			534		1,660			1,622
Other		566			573		1,888			1,719
Total non-interest expenses		7,021			6,715		22,179			20,513
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		2,851			2,482		9,380			7,932
Provision for income taxes		696			697		2,050			2,358
Income from continuing operations		2,155			1,785		7,330			5,574
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		(1	)		6		(5	)		(21	)
Net income	$	2,154		$	1,791	$	7,325		$	5,553
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		42			10		108			85
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	2,112		$	1,781	$	7,217		$	5,468
Preferred stock dividends and other		93			93		356			353
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	2,019		$	1,688	$	6,861		$	5,115

Earnings per basic common share
Income from continuing operations	$	1.19		$	0.95	$	3.99		$	2.87
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		—			—		—			(0.01	)
Earnings per basic common share	$	1.19		$	0.95	$	3.99		$	2.86

Earnings per diluted common share
Income from continuing operations	$	1.17		$	0.93	$	3.92		$	2.81
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		—			—		—			(0.02	)
Earnings per diluted common share	$	1.17		$	0.93	$	3.92		$	2.79

Dividends declared per common share	$	0.30		$	0.25	$	0.80		$	0.65
Average common shares outstanding
Basic		1,697			1,776		1,719			1,789
Diluted		1,727			1,818		1,749			1,830


September 2018 Form 10-Q		40		See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements

(Unaudited)


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017			2018			2017
Net income	$	2,154		$	1,791		$	7,325		$	5,553
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(79	)	$	61		$	(154	)	$	223
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities		(171	)		26			(707	)		218
Pension, postretirement and other		5			—			16			4
Change in net debt valuation adjustment		(743	)		(149	)		347			(323	)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(988	)	$	(62	)	$	(498	)	$	122
Comprehensive income	$	1,166		$	1,729		$	6,827		$	5,675
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		42			10			108			85
Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests		(59	)		(6	)		4			23
Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	1,183		$	1,725		$	6,715		$	5,567


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		41		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Consolidated Balance Sheets


	(Unaudited)
	At September 30,			At December 31,
$ in millions, except share data	2018			2017
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and due from banks	$	36,641		$	24,816
Interest bearing deposits with banks		22,638			21,348
Restricted cash		33,202			34,231
Trading assets at fair value ($127,919 and $169,735 were pledged to various parties)		283,188			298,282
Investment securities (includes $57,232 and $55,203 at fair value)		82,568			78,802
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		69,086			84,258
Securities borrowed		142,489			124,010
Customer and other receivables		60,839			56,187
Loans:
Held for investment (net of allowance of $231 and $224)		98,330			92,953
Held for sale		11,653			11,173
Goodwill		6,680			6,597
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $2,995 and $2,730)		2,240			2,448
Other assets		15,963			16,628
Total assets	$	865,517		$	851,733

Liabilities
Deposits (includes $382 and $204 at fair value)	$	175,185		$	159,436
Trading liabilities at fair value		129,032			131,295
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $784 and $800 at fair value)		60,328			56,424
Securities loaned		11,833			13,592
Other secured financings (includes $4,554 and $3,863 at fair value)		10,057			11,271
Customer and other payables		191,026			191,510
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		17,093			17,157
Borrowings (includes $50,506 and $46,912 at fair value)		190,889			192,582
Total liabilities		785,443			773,267

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 11)

Equity
Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock		8,520			8,520
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,725,792,278 and 1,788,086,805		20			20
Additional paid-in capital		23,664			23,545
Retained earnings		63,330			57,577
Employee stock trusts		2,797			2,907
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(3,999	)		(3,060	)
Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (313,101,701 and 250,807,174 shares)		(12,832	)		(9,211	)
Common stock issued to employee stock trusts		(2,797	)		(2,907	)
Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity		78,703			77,391
Noncontrolling interests		1,371			1,075
Total equity		80,074			78,466
Total liabilities and equity	$	865,517		$	851,733


September 2018 Form 10-Q		42		See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

(Unaudited)


$ in millions	Preferred Stock		Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Employee Stock Trusts			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Common Stock Held in Treasury at Cost			Common Stock Issued to Employee Stock Trusts			Non- controlling Interests			Total Equity
Balance at December 31, 2017	$	8,520	$	20	$	23,545		$	57,577		$	2,907		$	(3,060	)	$	(9,211	)	$	(2,907	)	$	1,075		$	78,466
Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes¹		—		—		—			306			—			(437	)		—			—			—			(131)
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley		—		—		—			7,217			—			—			—			—			—			7,217
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			108			108
Dividends		—		—		—			(1,770	)		—			—			—			—			—			(1,770)
Shares issued under employee plans		—		—		119			—			(110	)		—			759			110			—			878
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings		—		—		—			—			—			—			(4,380	)		—			—			(4,380)
Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		—		—		—			—			—			(502	)		—			—			4			(498)
Other net increases		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			184			184
Balance at September 30, 2018	$	8,520	$	20	$	23,664		$	63,330		$	2,797		$	(3,999	)	$	(12,832	)	$	(2,797	)	$	1,371		$	80,074

Balance at December 31, 2016	$	7,520	$	20	$	23,271		$	53,679		$	2,851		$	(2,643	)	$	(5,797	)	$	(2,851	)	$	1,127		$	77,177
Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes¹		—		—		45			(35	)		—			—			—			—			—			10
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley		—		—		—			5,468			—			—			—			—			—			5,468
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			85			85
Dividends		—		—		—			(1,558	)		—			—			—			—			—			(1,558)
Shares issued under employee plans		—		—		79			—			48			—			844			(48	)		—			923
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings		—		—		—			—			—			—			(3,008	)		—			—			(3,008)
Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		—		—		—			—			—			99			—			—			23			122
Issuance of preferred stock		1,000		—		(6	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			994
Other net decreases		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			(99	)		(99)
Balance at September 30, 2017	$	8,520	$	20	$	23,389		$	57,554		$	2,899		$	(2,544	)	$	(7,961	)	$	(2,899	)	$	1,136		$	80,114

1.	The cumulative adjustments relate to the adoption of certain accounting updates during the current and prior year periods. See Notes 2 and 14 for further information.


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		43		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

(Unaudited)


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	7,325		$	5,553
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
(Income) loss from equity method investments		(62	)		—
Stock-based compensation expense		743			775
Depreciation and amortization		1,375			1,340
(Release of) Provision for credit losses on lending activities		(27	)		32
Other operating adjustments		35			(62)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities		10,039			(19,646)
Securities borrowed		(18,479	)		(7,656)
Securities loaned		(1,759	)		(214)
Customer and other receivables and other assets		(4,092	)		(7,930)
Customer and other payables and other liabilities		310			8,055
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		15,172			11,849
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		3,904			(645)
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities		14,484			(8,549)
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from (payments for):
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software, net		(1,361	)		(1,177)
Changes in loans, net		(7,697	)		(9,350)
Investment securities:
Purchases		(16,836	)		(19,713)
Proceeds from sales		2,947			16,111
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities		9,126			5,378
Other investing activities		(245	)		(77)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities		(14,066	)		(8,828)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from (payments for):
Noncontrolling interests		(95	)		(43)
Other secured financings		(1,874	)		1,400
Deposits		15,749			(1,224)
Proceeds from:
Derivatives financing activities		—			73
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs		—			994
Issuance of Borrowings		34,233			46,121
Payments for:
Borrowings		(28,235	)		(25,097)
Derivatives financing activities		—			(73)
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings		(4,380	)		(3,008)
Cash dividends		(1,788	)		(1,562)
Other financing activities		(248	)		(48)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities		13,362			17,533
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(1,694	)		3,406
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		12,086			3,562
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period		80,395			77,360
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period	$	92,481		$	80,922

Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and due from banks	$	36,641		$	24,047
Interest bearing deposits with banks		22,638			24,144
Restricted cash		33,202			32,731
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period	$	92,481		$	80,922
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash payments for:
Interest	$	6,818		$	3,422
Income taxes, net of refunds		1,009			967


September 2018 Form 10-Q		44		See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

The Firm

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Acronyms” for definitions of certain acronyms used throughout this Form 10-Q.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments is as follows:

Basis of Financial Information

The unaudited consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”) are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the Firm to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect its financial statements and related disclosures. The Firm believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods to conform to the current presentation.

The accompanying financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Firm’s financial statements and notes thereto included in the 2017 Form 10-K. Certain footnote disclosures included in the 2017 Form 10-K have been condensed or omitted from these financial statements as they are not required for interim reporting under U.S. GAAP. The financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Consolidation

The financial statements include the accounts of the Firm, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, including certain VIEs (see Note 12). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated income statements (“income statements”). The portion of shareholders’ equity that is attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated balance sheets (“balance sheets”).

For a discussion of the Firm’s involvement with VIEs and its significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries, see Notes 1 and 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.


		45		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

2. Significant Accounting Policies

For a detailed discussion about the Firm’s significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (“current year period”), there were no significant revisions to the Firm’s significant accounting policies, other than for Carried Interest and the accounting updates adopted.

Carried Interest

The Firm is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees, and includes carried interest) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. Beginning January 1, 2018, when the Firm earns carried interest from funds as specified performance thresholds are met, that carried interest and any related general or limited partner interest is accounted for under the equity method of accounting and measured based on the Firm’s claim on the NAV of the fund at the reporting date, taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. Performance-based fees in the form of carried interest considered equity method investments are therefore outside the scope of the policies for revenue from contracts with customers discussed below. See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Accounting Updates Adopted

The Firm adopted the following accounting updates in the current year period. Prior period results are presented under previous policies. See Note 14 for a summary of the Retained earnings impacts of these and other minor adoptions effective in the current year period.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Revenue from Contracts with Customers using the modified retrospective method, which resulted in a net decrease to Retained earnings of $32 million, net of tax. Prior period amounts were not restated.

Our revised accounting policy in accordance with this adoption is effective January 1, 2018, and is discussed below.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when the promised goods or services are delivered to our customers, in an amount that is based on the consideration the Firm expects to receive in exchange for those goods or
services when such amounts are not probable of significant reversal.

•	Investment Banking

Revenue from investment banking activities consists of revenues earned from underwriting primarily equity and fixed income securities and advisory fees for mergers, acquisitions, restructuring and advisory assignments.

Underwriting revenues are generally recognized on trade date if there is no uncertainty or contingency related to the amount to be paid. Underwriting costs are deferred and recognized in the relevant non-interest expenses line items when the related underwriting revenues are recorded.

Advisory fees are recognized as advice is provided to the client, based on the estimated progress of work and when the revenue is not probable of a significant reversal. Advisory costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items, including when reimbursed.

•	Commissions and Fees

Commission and fee revenues result from transaction-based arrangements in which the client is charged a fee for the execution of transactions. Such revenues primarily arise from transactions in equity securities; services related to sales and trading activities; and sales of mutual funds, alternative funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commission and fee revenues are recognized on trade date when the performance obligation is satisfied.

•	Asset Management Revenues

Asset management, distribution and administration fees are generally based on related asset levels being managed, such as the AUM of a customer’s account, or the net asset value of a fund. These fees are generally recognized when services are performed and the fees become known. Management fees are reduced by estimated fee waivers and expense caps, if any, provided to the customer.

Performance-based fees not in the form of carried interest are recorded when the annual performance target is met and the revenue is not probable of a significant reversal. Performance-based fees in the form of carried interest are considered equity method investments and are therefore outside the scope of these policies for revenue from contracts with customers.

Sales commissions paid by the Firm in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets and amortized to expense over the expected life of the contract.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		46

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The Firm periodically tests deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. Other asset management and distribution costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items.

•	Other Items

Revenue from commodities-related contracts is recognized as the promised goods or services are delivered to the customer.

Receivables from contracts with customers are recognized in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets when the underlying performance obligations have been satisfied and the Firm has the right per the contract to bill the customer. Contract assets are recognized in Other assets when the Firm has satisfied its performance obligations, but customer payment is conditional. Contract liabilities are recognized in Other liabilities when the Firm has collected payment from a customer based on the terms of the contract, but the underlying performance obligations are not yet satisfied.

For contracts with a term less than one year, incremental costs to obtain the contract are expensed as incurred. Revenues are not discounted when payment is expected within one year.

The Firm presents, net within revenues, all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Firm from a customer.

Derivatives and Hedging–Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities

This accounting update aims to better align the hedge accounting requirements with an entity’s risk management strategies and improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships. It also results in simplification of the application of hedge accounting related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The Firm early adopted this accounting update in the first quarter of 2018. Upon adoption, the Firm recorded a cumulative catch-up adjustment, decreasing Retained earnings by $99 million, net of tax. This adjustment represents the cumulative effect of applying the new rules from the inception of certain fair value hedges of the interest rate risk of our borrowings, in particular the provision allowing only the benchmark rate component of coupon cash flows to be hedged.

Effective January 1, 2018, in accordance with this adoption, the Firm has updated its accounting policies to permit the hedged item in a fair value hedge of interest rate risk to be defined as including only the benchmark

rate component of contractual coupon cash flows, and to allow for hedging part of the contractual term of the hedged instrument. The accounting policy also requires the entire gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate to be reported within AOCI.

In the current quarter, the Firm began designating interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain AFS securities. Consistent with the Firm’s existing fair value hedges of borrowings, the Firm uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships.

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset due to changes in the benchmark interest rate provide an offset of one another and are recorded in Interest income. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged asset is amortized to Interest income over the remaining life of the asset using the effective interest method.

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

This accounting update, which the Firm elected to early adopt as of January 1, 2018, allows companies to reclassify from AOCI to Retained earnings the stranded tax effects associated with enactment of the Tax Act on December 22, 2017. These stranded tax effects resulted from the requirement to reflect the total amount of the remeasurement of and other adjustments to deferred tax assets and liabilities in 2017 in income from continuing operations, regardless of whether the deferred taxes were originally recorded in AOCI. Accordingly, as of January 1, 2018, the Firm recorded a net increase to Retained earnings as a result of the reclassification of $443 million of such stranded tax effects previously recorded in AOCI, which were primarily the result of the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities associated with the change in tax rates.

Aside from the above treatment related to the Tax Act, the Firm releases stranded tax effects from AOCI into earnings once the related category of instruments or transactions giving rise to these effects no longer exists. For further detail on the tax effects reclassified, refer to Note 14 to the financial statements.

Goodwill

The Firm completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of July 1, 2018. The Firm’s impairment testing did not indicate any goodwill impairment, as each of the Firm’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.


		47		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

3. Fair Values

Fair Value Measurement

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Netting¹

Total

Assets at fair value

Trading assets:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

25,578

24,183

—

49,766

Other sovereign government
obligations

26,698

5,016

—

31,750

State and municipal securities

—

3,002

—

3,006

MABS

—

2,652

316

—

2,968

Loans and lending commitments²

—

6,031

6,735

—

12,766

Corporate and other debt

—

21,722

710

—

22,432

Corporate equities³

125,028

413

106

—

125,547

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate

1,883

156,753

1,029

—

159,665

Credit

—

5,740

416

—

6,156

Foreign exchange

63,647

—

63,729

Equity

3,206

45,505

1,207

—

49,918

Commodity and other

519

7,105

3,487

—

11,111

Netting¹

(4,417

)

(208,658

)

(1,003

)

(45,862

)

(259,940

)

Total derivative and other contracts

1,263

70,092

5,146

(45,862

)

30,639

Investments⁴

603

255

818

—

1,676

Physical commodities

—

226

—

226

Total trading assets⁴

179,170

133,592

13,876

(45,862

)

280,776

Investment securities— AFS

32,846

24,386

—

57,232

Intangible assets

—

Total assets at fair value

212,016

157,981

13,876

(45,862

)

338,011

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Netting¹

Total

Liabilities at fair value

Deposits

—

309

—

382

Trading liabilities:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

14,169

245

—

14,414

Other sovereign government
obligations

18,779

1,770

—

20,549

Corporate and other
debt

—

8,421

—

8,422

Corporate equities³

59,630

178

—

59,821

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate

1,860

141,016

452

—

143,328

Credit

—

6,156

395

—

6,551

Foreign exchange

61,662

—

61,728

Equity

3,070

45,439

2,878

—

51,387

Commodity and other

659

8,255

1,467

—

10,381

Netting¹

(4,417

)

(208,658

)

(1,003

)

(33,471

)

(247,549

)

Total derivative and other contracts

1,184

53,870

4,243

(33,471

)

25,826

Total trading liabilities

93,762

64,484

4,257

(33,471

)

129,032

Securities sold under agreements to
repurchase

—

784

—

784

Other secured financings

—

4,382

172

—

4,554

Borrowings

—

46,886

3,620

—

50,506

Total liabilities at fair value

93,762

116,845

8,122

(33,471

)

185,258


September 2018 Form 10-Q		48

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Netting¹			Total
Assets at fair value
Trading assets:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	$	22,077		$	26,888		$	—		$	—		$	48,965
Other sovereign government obligations		20,234			7,825			1			—			28,060
State and municipal securities		—			3,592			8			—			3,600
MABS		—			2,364			423			—			2,787
Loans and lending commitments²		—			4,791			5,945			—			10,736
Corporate and other debt		—			16,837			701			—			17,538
Corporate equities³		149,697			492			166			—			150,355
Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate		472			178,704			1,763			—			180,939
Credit		—			7,602			420			—			8,022
Foreign exchange		58			53,724			15			—			53,797
Equity		1,101			40,359			3,530			—			44,990
Commodity and other		1,126			5,390			4,147			—			10,663
Netting¹		(2,088	)		(216,764	)		(1,575	)		(47,171	)		(267,598	)
Total derivative and other contracts		669			69,015			8,300			(47,171	)		30,813
Investments⁴		297			523			1,020			—			1,840
Physical commodities		—			1,024			—			—			1,024
Total trading assets⁴		192,974			133,351			16,564			(47,171	)		295,718
Investment securities—AFS		27,522			27,681			—			—			55,203
Intangible assets		—			3			—			—			3
Total assets at fair value	$	220,496		$	161,035		$	16,564		$	(47,171	)	$	350,924


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Netting¹			Total
Liabilities at fair value
Deposits	$	—		$	157		$	47		$	—		$	204
Trading liabilities:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities		17,802			24			—			—			17,826
Other sovereign government obligations		24,857			2,016			—			—			26,873
Corporate and other debt		—			7,141			3			—			7,144
Corporate equities³		52,653			82			22			—			52,757
Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate		364			162,239			545			—			163,148
Credit		—			8,166			379			—			8,545
Foreign exchange		23			55,118			127			—			55,268
Equity		1,001			44,666			2,322			—			47,989
Commodity and other		1,032			5,156			2,701			—			8,889
Netting¹		(2,088	)		(216,764	)		(1,575	)		(36,717	)		(257,144	)
Total derivative and other contracts		332			58,581			4,499			(36,717	)		26,695
Total trading liabilities		95,644			67,844			4,524			(36,717	)		131,295
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		—			650			150			—			800
Other secured financings		—			3,624			239			—			3,863
Borrowings		—			43,928			2,984			—			46,912
Total liabilities at fair value	$	95,644		$	116,203		$	7,944		$	(36,717	)	$	183,074

MABS—Mortgage- and asset-backed securities

For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Netting.” Positions classified within the same level that are with the same counterparty are netted within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

2.	For a further breakdown by type, see the following Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value table.

3.	For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.

4.	Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured based on NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Measured Based on Net Asset Value” herein.

Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Corporate	$	9,489	$	8,358
Residential real estate		912		799
Wholesale real estate		2,365		1,579
Total	$	12,766	$	10,736

Unsettled Fair Value of Futures Contracts¹


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Customer and other receivables, net	$	660	$	831

1.	These contracts are primarily Level 1, actively traded, valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are excluded from the previous recurring fair value tables.

For a description of the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. During the current year period, there were no significant revisions made to the Firm’s valuation techniques.


		49		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2018 (“current quarter”) and September 30, 2017 (“prior year quarter”), the current year period and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (“prior year period”). Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. The realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the

following tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the following tables herein may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the income statements.

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Current Quarter


$ in millions	Beginning Balance at June 30, 2018			Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses)			Purchases¹			Sales and Issuances²			Settlements¹			Net Transfers			Ending Balance at September 30, 2018			Unrealized Gains (Losses)
Assets at Fair Value
Trading assets:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	$	—		$	—		$	5		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	5		$	—
Other sovereign government obligations		5			—			32			(2	)		—			1			36			—
State and municipal securities		2			—			2			—			—			—			4			—
MABS		327			(1	)		23			(46	)		(14	)		27			316			(8)
Loans and lending commitments		6,923			17			2,076			(1,184	)		(777	)		(320	)		6,735			12
Corporate and other debt		701			(4	)		109			(153	)		(6	)		63			710			9
Corporate equities		171			(7	)		15			(50	)		—			(23	)		106			5
Net derivative and other contracts³:
Interest rate		567			(3	)		12			(9	)		(2	)		12			577			24
Credit		(2	)		(39	)		4			—			58			—			21			(41)
Foreign exchange		(26	)		(35	)		—			—			2			15			(44	)		(9)
Equity		(1,535	)		(149	)		29			(138	)		84			38			(1,671	)		(132)
Commodity and other		2,032			(29	)		—			(11	)		(1	)		29			2,020			(105)
Total net derivative and other contracts		1,036			(255	)		45			(158	)		141			94			903			(263)
Investments		941			5			72			(103	)		—			(97	)		818			2
Liabilities at Fair Value
Deposits	$	37		$	(2	)	$	—		$	11		$	—		$	23		$	73		$	(2)
Trading liabilities:
Corporate and other debt		1			—			—			—			—			—			1			—
Corporate equities		24			—			(12	)		3			—			(2	)		13			—
Other secured financings		170			(2	)		—			—			—			—			172			(2)
Borrowings		3,295			(56	)		—			344			(81	)		6			3,620			(55)

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivatives and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		50

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Prior Year Quarter


$ in millions	Beginning Balance at June 30, 2017			Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses)			Purchases¹			Sales and Issuances²			Settlements¹			Net Transfers			Ending Balance at September 30, 2017			Unrealized Gains (Losses)
Assets at Fair Value
Trading assets:
Other sovereign government obligations	$	100		$	2		$	86		$	(82	)	$	—		$	(2	)	$	104		$	1
State and municipal securities		9			—			4			(3	)		—			—			10			—
MABS		264			4			52			(54	)		—			8			274			1
Loans and lending commitments		4,864			25			1,772			(1,431	)		(236	)		(129	)		4,865			17
Corporate and other debt		693			41			220			(241	)		(4	)		(21	)		688			34
Corporate equities		500			(9	)		24			(268	)		—			49			296			—
Net derivative and other contracts³:
Interest rate		970			105			13			(29	)		33			(16	)		1,076			92
Credit		(305	)		(33	)		7			(9	)		35			2			(303	)		(33)
Foreign exchange		2			(59	)		9			—			17			(47	)		(78	)		(50)
Equity		1,093			114			60			(77	)		79			(38	)		1,231			110
Commodity and other		1,509			158			1			(1	)		(112	)		(21	)		1,534			45
Total net derivative and other contracts		3,269			285			90			(116	)		52			(120	)		3,460			164
Investments		946			(4	)		13			(17	)		(16	)		3			925			(5)
Liabilities at Fair Value
Deposits	$	79		$	(1	)	$	—		$	32		$	—		$	(6	)	$	106		$	(1)
Trading liabilities:
Corporate and other debt		15			(2	)		(18	)		9			—			—			8			(1)
Corporate equities		28			1			(10	)		24			—			10			51			2
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		148			(1	)		—			—			—			—			149			(1)
Other secured financings		244			(5	)		—			2			(1	)		—			250			(5)
Borrowings		2,646			(53	)		—			679			(49	)		(726	)		2,603			(47)

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.


		51		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Current Year Period


$ in millions	Beginning Balance at December 31, 2017			Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses)			Purchases¹			Sales and Issuances²			Settlements¹			Net Transfers			Ending Balance at September 30, 2018			Unrealized Gains (Losses)
Assets at fair value
Trading assets:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	$	—		$	—		$	5		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	5		$	—
Other sovereign government obligations		1			—			35			—			—			—			36			—
State and municipal securities		8			—			3			(7	)		—			—			4			—
MABS		423			88			73			(317	)		(16	)		65			316			(6)
Loans and lending commitments		5,945			16			4,030			(978	)		(1,926	)		(352	)		6,735			(8)
Corporate and other debt		701			51			276			(227	)		(8	)		(83	)		710			16
Corporate equities		166			17			69			(134	)		—			(12	)		106			14
Net derivative and other contracts³:
Interest rate		1,218			(46	)		84			(38	)		(92	)		(549	)		577			(47)
Credit		41			(17	)		9			(40	)		30			(2	)		21			(20)
Foreign exchange		(112	)		71			2			(48	)		43			—			(44	)		1
Equity⁴		1,208			83			120			(1,052	)		319			(2,349	)		(1,671	)		19
Commodity and other		1,446			332			80			(18	)		17			163			2,020			33
Total net derivative and other contracts		3,801			423			295			(1,196	)		317			(2,737	)		903			(14)
Investments		1,020			5			134			(209	)		—			(132	)		818			5
Liabilities at fair value
Deposits	$	47		$	1		$	—		$	27		$	(2	)	$	2		$	73		$	1
Trading liabilities:
Corporate and other debt		3			—			(3	)		1			—			—			1			—
Corporate equities		22			4			(12	)		11			—			(4	)		13			4
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		150			—			—			—			—			(150	)		—			—
Other secured financings		239			16			—			8			(18	)		(41	)		172			16
Borrowings		2,984			156			—			1,275			(339	)		(144	)		3,620			168

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivative and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

During the current year period, the Firm transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 $2.4 billion of Equity Derivatives due to a reduction in the significance of the unobservable inputs relating to volatility.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		52

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Prior Year Period


$ in millions	Beginning Balance at December 31, 2016			Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses)			Purchases¹			Sales and Issuances²			Settlements¹			Net Transfers			Ending Balance at September 30, 2017			Unrealized Gains (Losses)
Assets at fair value
Trading assets:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	$	74		$	(1	)	$	—		$	(240	)	$	—		$	167		$	—		$	—
Other sovereign government obligations		6			—			104			(5	)		—			(1	)		104			—
State and municipal securities		250			3			6			(81	)		—			(168	)		10			—
MABS		217			49			120			(120	)		(16	)		24			274			13
Loans and lending commitments		5,122			88			2,470			(1,927	)		(964	)		76			4,865			85
Corporate and other debt		475			67			437			(383	)		(7	)		99			688			3
Corporate equities		446			8			74			(604	)		—			372			296			3
Net derivative and other contracts³:
Interest rate		420			137			36			(42	)		658			(133	)		1,076			146
Credit		(373	)		(18	)		6			(9	)		96			(5	)		(303	)		(34)
Foreign exchange		(43	)		(92	)		9			—			48			—			(78	)		(72)
Equity		184			168			816			(231	)		209			85			1,231			277
Commodity and other		1,600			523			13			(21	)		(431	)		(150	)		1,534			88
Total net derivative and other contracts		1,788			718			880			(303	)		580			(203	)		3,460			405
Investments		958			16			96			(44	)		(78	)		(23	)		925			10
Liabilities at fair value
Deposits	$	42		$	(2	)	$	—		$	62		$	—		$	—		$	106		$	(2)
Trading liabilities:
Corporate and other debt		36			(1	)		(55	)		99			—			(73	)		8			—
Corporate equities		35			—			(69	)		27			—			58			51			(1)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		149			—			—			—			—			—			149			1
Other secured financings		434			(28	)		—			54			(223	)		(43	)		250			(21)
Borrowings		2,014			(142	)		—			1,418			(328	)		(643	)		2,603			(136)

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following disclosures provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. For qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. There are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique. A single amount is disclosed when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average.

Valuation Techniques and Sensitivity of Unobservable Inputs

Used in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

Recurring Fair Value Measurement


	Balance / Range (Average¹)
$ in millions, except inputs	At September 30, 2018			At December 31, 2017
Assets at Fair Value
MABS	$	316		$	423
Comparable pricing:
Bond price		0 to 100 points (34 points	)		0 to 95 points (26 points	)
Loans and lending commitments	$	6,735		$	5,945
Margin loan model:
Discount rate		1% to 6% (2%	)		0% to 3% (1%	)
Volatility skew		14% to 59% (27%	)		7% to 41% (22%	)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price		56 to 105 points (97 points	)		55 to 102 points (95 points	)
Corporate and other debt	$	710		$	701
Comparable pricing:
Bond price		0 to 100 points (62 points	)		3 to 134 points (59 points	)
Discounted cash flow:
Recovery rate		20%			6% to 36% (27%	)
Discount rate		15% to 25% (16%	)		7% to 20% (14%	)
Option model:
At the money volatility		23% to 51% (34%	)		17% to 52% (52%	)
Corporate equities	$	106		$	166
Comparable pricing:
Equity price		100%			100%


		53		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)


	Balance / Range (Average¹)
$ in millions, except inputs	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Net derivative and other contracts²:
Interest rate	$	577	$	1,218
Option model:
IR volatility skew		27% to 95% (43% / 41%)		31% to 97% (41% / 47%)
Inflation volatility		26% to 66% (46% / 43%)		23% to 63% (44% / 41%)
IR curve		2%		2%
Credit	$	21	$	41
Comparable pricing:
Cash synthetic basis		8 to 9 points (9 points)		12 to 13 points (12 points)
Bond price		0 to 75 points (28 points)		0 to 75 points (25 points)
Credit spread		195 to 474 bps (349 bps)		N/M
Correlation model:
Credit correlation		35% to 74% (48%)		38% to 100% (48%)
Foreign exchange³	$	(44)	$	(112)
Option model:
IR - FX correlation		53% to 57% (55% / 55%)		54% to 57% (56% / 56%)
IR volatility skew		27% to 95% (43% / 41%)		31% to 97% (41% / 47%)
Contingency probability		85% to 95% (93% / 95%)		95% to 100% (96% / 95%)
Equity³	$	(1,671)	$	1,208
Option model:
At the money volatility		12% to 56% (34%)		7% to 54% (32%)
Volatility skew		-2% to 0% (-1%)		-5% to 0% (-1%)
Equity correlation		5% to 99% (67%)		5% to 99% (76%)
FX correlation		-64% to 10% (-47%)		-55% to 40% (36%)
IR correlation		-7% to 44% (15% /10%)		-7% to 49% (18% / 20%)
Commodity and other	$	2,020	$	1,446
Option model:
Forward power price		$3 to $169 ($30) per MWh		$4 to $102 ($31) per MWh
Commodity volatility		5% to 104% (15%)		7% to 205% (17%)
Cross-commodity correlation		5% to 99% (92%)		5% to 99% (92%)
Investments	$	818	$	1,020
Discounted cash flow:
WACC		8% to 15% (9%)		8% to 15% (9%)
Exit multiple		7 to 10 times (10 times)		8 to 11 times (10 times)
Market approach:
EBITDA multiple		3 to 23 times (13 times)		6 to 25 times (11 times)
Comparable pricing:
Equity price		25% to 100% (95%)		45% to 100% (92%)

Liabilities at Fair Value
Deposits	$	73	$	47
Option Model
At the money volatility		17% to 38% (20%)		N/M
Volatility skew		0%		N/M
Other secured financings	$	172	$	239
Discounted cash flow:
Funding spread		60 to 260 bps (160 bps)		39 to 76 bps (57 bps)
Option model:
Volatility skew		N/A		-1%
At the money volatility		10% to 40% (26%)		10% to 40% (26%)


	Balance / Range (Average¹)
$ in millions, except inputs	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Borrowings	$	3,620	$	2,984
Option model:
At the money volatility		5% to 35% (23%)		5% to 35% (22%)
Volatility skew		-2% to 0% (0%)		-2% to 0% (0%)
Equity correlation		38% to 98% (75%)		39% to 95% (86%)
Equity - FX correlation		-75% to 50% (-28%)		-55% to 10% (-18%)

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement
Loans	$	1,096	$	924
Corporate loan model:
Credit spread		96 to 400 bps (160 bps)		93 to 563 bps (239 bps)
Expected recovery:
Asset coverage		N/M		95% to 99% (95%)

Points—Percentage of par

IR—Interest rate

FX—Foreign exchange

1.	Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are more relevant.

CVA and FVA are included in the balance but excluded from the Valuation Technique(s) and Significant Unobservable Inputs. CVA is a Level 3 input when the underlying counterparty credit curve is unobservable. FVA is a Level 3 input in its entirety given the lack of observability of funding spreads in the principal market.

3.	Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).

For a description of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs and related sensitivity, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. During the current year period, there were no significant revisions made to the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.

Measured Based on Net Asset Value


	At September 30, 2018				At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Carrying Value		Commitment		Carrying Value		Commitment
Private equity	$	1,568	$	328	$	1,674	$	308
Real estate		749		168		800		183
Hedge¹		95		4		90		4
Total	$	2,412	$	500	$	2,564	$	495

1.	Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up or gate provisions, which restrict an investor from withdrawing from the fund during a certain initial period or restrict the redemption amount on any redemption date, respectively.

For a description of the Firm’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds, which are measured based on NAV, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance fees in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		54

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received. See Note 19 for information regarding related performance fees at risk of reversal, including performance fees in the form of carried interest.

Nonredeemable Funds by Contractual Maturity


	Carrying Value at September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Private Equity		Real Estate
Less than 5 years	$	621	$	408
5-10 years		816		313
Over 10 years		131		28
Total	$	1,568	$	749

Fair Value Option

The Firm elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.

Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management
Equity	$	25,049	$	25,903
Interest rates		22,101		19,230
Foreign exchange		504		666
Credit		863		815
Commodities		1,989		298
Total	$	50,506	$	46,912

Earnings Impact of Borrowings under the Fair Value Option


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017			2018			2017
Trading revenues	$	449		$	(964	)	$	1,334		$	(3,484	)
Interest expense		(59	)		(107	)		(234	)		(338	)
Net revenues¹	$	390		$	(1,071	)	$	1,100		$	(3,822	)

1.	Amounts do not reflect any gains or losses on related hedging instruments.

Gains (losses) are mainly attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates, or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index.

Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk


	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2018						2017
$ in millions	Trading Revenues			OCI			Trading Revenues		OCI
Borrowings	$	(4	)	$	(1,010	)	$	9	$	(226	)
Loans and other debt¹		55			—			49		—
Lending commitments²		(6	)		—			—		—
Other		(32	)		28			—		(3	)


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2018					2017
$ in millions	Trading Revenues			OCI		Trading Revenues		OCI
Borrowings	$	(22	)	$	425	$	1	$	(493	)
Loans and other debt¹		199			—		94		—
Lending commitments²		(3	)		—		—		—
Other		(32	)		32		—		(6	)

$ in millions

September 30, 2018

December 31, 2017

Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI

(1,374

)

(1,831

)

1.	Loans and other debt instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses.

2.	Gains (losses) on lending commitments were generally determined based on the difference between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period-end.

Excess of Contractual Principal Amount Over Fair Value


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Loans and other debt¹	$	12,809	$	13,481
Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status¹		10,678		11,253
Borrowings²		1,438		71

1.	The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.

2.	Borrowings in this table do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.

Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Nonaccrual loans	$	1,522	$	1,240
Nonaccrual loans 90 or more days past due	$	802	$	779

The previous tables exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.


		55		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Carrying and Fair Values


	At September 30, 2018
	Fair Value
$ in millions	Level 2		Level 3¹		Total
Assets
Loans	$	1,460	$	1,096	$	2,556
Other assets—Other investments		15		36		51
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software		—		—		—
Total	$	1,475	$	1,132	$	2,607
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments	$	185	$	48	$	233
Total	$	185	$	48	$	233

	At December 31, 2017
	Fair Value
$ in millions	Level 2		Level 3¹		Total
Assets
Loans	$	1,394	$	924	$	2,318
Other assets—Other investments		—		144		144
Total	$	1,394	$	1,068	$	2,462
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments	$	158	$	38	$	196
Total	$	158	$	38	$	196

1.	For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.

Gains (Losses) from Fair Value Remeasurements¹


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017			2018			2017
Assets
Loans²	$	(5	)	$	—		$	1		$	41
Other assets—Other investments³		(2	)		(6	)		(9	)		(6	)
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software⁴		(3	)		(1	)		(13	)		(7	)
Total	$	(10	)	$	(7	)	$	(21	)	$	28
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments²	$	31		$	4		$	41		$	64
Total	$	31		$	4		$	41		$	64

1.	Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale, otherwise in Other expenses.

Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments were calculated as follows: for the held for investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held for sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

3.	Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.

4.	Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software were determined using techniques that included a default recovery analysis and recently executed transactions.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		56

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Carrying

Value

Fair Value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and due from banks

36,641

—

36,641

Interest bearing deposits with banks

22,638

—

22,638

Restricted cash

33,202

—

33,202

Investment securities—HTM

25,336

12,757

10,883

442

24,082

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

69,086

—

69,026

—

69,026

Securities borrowed

142,489

—

142,433

—

142,433

Customer and other receivables¹

55,189

—

51,768

3,251

55,019

Loans²

109,983

—

21,259

88,321

109,580

Other assets

483

—

483

—

483

Financial Liabilities

Deposits

174,803

—

174,764

—

174,764

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

59,544

—

59,495

—

59,495

Securities loaned

11,833

—

11,909

—

11,909

Other secured financings

5,503

—

3,876

1,634

5,510

Customer and
other payables¹

188,054

—

188,054

—

188,054

Borrowings

140,383

—

145,076

145,106


	At December 31, 2017
	Carrying Value		Fair Value
$ in millions	Carrying Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and due from banks	$	24,816	$	24,816	$	—	$	—	$	24,816
Interest bearing deposits with banks		21,348		21,348		—		—		21,348
Restricted cash		34,231		34,231		—		—		34,231
Investment securities— HTM		23,599		11,119		11,673		289		23,081
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		84,258		—		78,239		5,978		84,217
Securities borrowed		124,010		—		124,018		1		124,019
Customer and other receivables¹		51,269		—		47,159		3,984		51,143
Loans²		104,126		—		21,290		82,928		104,218
Other assets		433		—		433		—		433

Financial Liabilities
Deposits	$	159,232	$	—	$	159,232	$	—	$	159,232
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		55,624		—		51,752		3,867		55,619
Securities loaned		13,592		—		13,191		401		13,592
Other secured financings		7,408		—		5,987		1,431		7,418
Customer and other payables¹		188,464		—		188,464		—		188,464
Borrowings		145,670		—		151,692		30		151,722

1.	Accrued interest and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.

2.	Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

Lending Commitments—Held for Investment and Held for Sale

Commitment

Amount¹

Fair Value

$ in millions

Level 2

Level 3

Total

September 30, 2018

106,904

702

204

906

December 31, 2017

100,151

620

174

794

1.	For further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 11.

The previous tables exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with the Firm’s deposit customers. During the current year period, there were no significant updates made to the Firm’s valuation techniques for financial instruments not measured at fair value.


		57		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Derivative Fair Values

At September 30, 2018

Assets

$ in millions

Bilateral
OTC

Cleared
OTC

Exchange-
Traded

Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

467

—

467

Foreign exchange contracts

107

—

153

Total

574

—

620

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

156,859

1,960

379

159,198

Credit contracts

4,446

1,710

—

6,156

Foreign exchange contracts

61,596

1,798

182

63,576

Equity contracts

26,522

—

23,396

49,918

Commodity and other contracts

8,975

—

2,136

11,111

Total

258,398

5,468

26,093

289,959

Total gross derivatives

258,972

5,514

26,093

290,579

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting

(190,040

)

(4,850

)

(24,242

)

(219,132

)

Cash collateral netting

(40,294

)

(514

)

—

(40,808

)

Total in Trading assets

28,638

150

1,851

30,639

Amounts not offset¹

Financial instruments collateral

(14,077

)

—

(14,077

)

Other cash collateral

(29

)

—

(29

)

Net amounts

14,532

150

1,851

16,533

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

3,590

Liabilities

$ in millions

Bilateral

OTC

Cleared
OTC

Exchange-
Traded

Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

270

—

271

Foreign exchange contracts

—

Total

289

—

304

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

140,816

1,733

508

143,057

Credit contracts

4,452

2,099

—

6,551

Foreign exchange contracts

59,763

1,848

61,695

Equity contracts

28,920

—

22,467

51,387

Commodity and other contracts

8,308

—

2,073

10,381

Total

242,259

5,680

25,132

273,071

Total gross derivatives

242,548

5,695

25,132

273,375

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting

(190,040

)

(4,850

)

(24,242

)

(219,132

)

Cash collateral netting

(27,777

)

(640

)

—

(28,417

)

Total in Trading liabilities

24,731

205

890

25,826

Amounts not offset¹

Financial instruments collateral

(4,729

)

—

(143

)

(4,872

)

Other cash collateral

(33

)

—

(33

)

Net amounts

19,969

205

747

20,921

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

5,763

At December 31, 2017


	Assets
$ in millions	Bilateral OTC			Cleared OTC			Exchange- Traded			Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts	$	1,057		$	—		$	—		$	1,057
Foreign exchange contracts		57			6			—			63
Total		1,114			6			—			1,120
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts		177,948			1,700			234			179,882
Credit contracts		5,740			2,282			—			8,022
Foreign exchange contracts		52,878			798			58			53,734
Equity contracts		24,452			—			20,538			44,990
Commodity and other contracts		8,861			—			1,802			10,663
Total		269,879			4,780			22,632			297,291
Total gross derivatives	$	270,993		$	4,786		$	22,632		$	298,411
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting		(201,051	)		(3,856	)		(19,861	)		(224,768	)
Cash collateral netting		(42,141	)		(689	)		—			(42,830	)
Total in Trading assets	$	27,801		$	241		$	2,771		$	30,813
Amounts not offset¹
Financial instruments collateral		(12,363	)		—			—			(12,363	)
Other cash collateral		(4	)		—			—			(4	)
Net amounts	$	15,434		$	241		$	2,771		$	18,446
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable										$	3,154

	Liabilities
$ in millions	Bilateral OTC			Cleared OTC			Exchange- Traded			Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts	$	67		$	1		$	—		$	68
Foreign exchange contracts		72			57			—			129
Total		139			58			—			197
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts		161,758			1,178			144			163,080
Credit contracts		6,273			2,272			—			8,545
Foreign exchange contracts		54,191			925			23			55,139
Equity contracts		27,993			—			19,996			47,989
Commodity and other contracts		7,117			—			1,772			8,889
Total		257,332			4,375			21,935			283,642
Total gross derivatives	$	257,471		$	4,433		$	21,935		$	283,839
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting		(201,051	)		(3,856	)		(19,861	)		(224,768	)
Cash collateral netting		(31,892	)		(484	)		—			(32,376	)
Total in Trading liabilities	$	24,528		$	93		$	2,074		$	26,695
Amounts not offset¹
Financial instruments collateral		(5,523	)		—			(412	)		(5,935	)
Other cash collateral		(18	)		(14	)		—			(32	)
Net amounts	$	18,987		$	79		$	1,662		$	20,728
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable										$	3,751

1.	Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		58


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

See Note 3 for information related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the previous tables.

Derivative Notionals

At September 30, 2018


	Assets
$ in billions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange- Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts	$	16	$	8	$	—	$	24
Foreign exchange contracts		5		1		—		6
Total		21		9		—		30
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts		5,359		7,067		1,206		13,632
Credit contracts		139		71		—		210
Foreign exchange contracts		2,160		91		18		2,269
Equity contracts		433		—		406		839
Commodity and other contracts		95		—		64		159
Total		8,186		7,229		1,694		17,109
Total gross derivatives	$	8,207	$	7,238	$	1,694	$	17,139

Liabilities

$ in billions

Bilateral
OTC

Cleared
OTC

Exchange-
Traded

Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

153

—

155

Foreign exchange contracts

—

Total

154

—

159

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

5,317

6,361

710

12,388

Credit contracts

146

—

225

Foreign exchange contracts

2,155

2,259

Equity contracts

462

—

578

1,040

Commodity and other contracts

—

139

Total

8,157

6,527

1,367

16,051

Total gross derivatives

8,162

6,681

1,367

16,210

At December 31, 2017


	Assets
$ in billions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange- Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts	$	20	$	46	$	—	$	66
Foreign exchange contracts		4		—		—		4
Total		24		46		—		70
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts		3,999		6,458		2,714		13,171
Credit contracts		194		100		—		294
Foreign exchange contracts		1,960		67		9		2,036
Equity contracts		397		—		334		731
Commodity and other contracts		86		—		72		158
Total		6,636		6,625		3,129		16,390
Total gross derivatives	$	6,660	$	6,671	$	3,129	$	16,460


	Liabilities
$ in billions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange- Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts	$	2	$	102	$	—	$	104
Foreign exchange contracts		4		2		—		6
Total		6		104		—		110
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate contracts		4,199		6,325		1,089		11,613
Credit contracts		226		80		—		306
Foreign exchange contracts		2,014		78		51		2,143
Equity contracts		394		—		405		799
Commodity and other contracts		68		—		61		129
Total		6,901		6,483		1,606		14,990
Total gross derivatives	$	6,907	$	6,587	$	1,606	$	15,100

The Firm believes that the notional amounts of derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

For information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions, see Note 6. For a discussion of the Firm’s derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017			2018			2017
Fair Value Hedges—Recognized in Interest Expense
Interest rate contracts	$	(1,124	)	$	(218	)	$	(3,584	)	$	(878	)
Borrowings		1,124			175			3,563			670
Net Investment Hedges—Foreign exchange contracts
Recognized in OCI	$	107		$	(88	)	$	354		$	(340	)
Forward points excluded from hedge effectiveness testing—Recognized in Interest income		13			(3	)		44			(22	)

Fair Value Hedges—Hedged Items


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018
Investment Securities—AFS¹
Carrying amount²currently or previously hedged	$	86
Borrowings
Carrying amount² currently or previously hedged	$	103,269
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount³	$	(3,744	)

1.	In the current quarter, the Firm began designating interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of certain AFS securities. Amounts recognized in interest income and basis adjustments related to AFS securities were not material.

2.	Carrying amount represents amortized cost basis.

3.	Hedge accounting basis adjustments for Borrowings are primarily related to outstanding hedges.

Credit Risk-Related Contingencies

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Firm may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade of the Firm.


		59		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features	$	16,081	$	20,675
Collateral posted		12,745		16,642

The previous table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.

Incremental Collateral or Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018
One-notch downgrade	$	429
Two-notch downgrade		325
Bilateral downgrade agreements included in the amounts above¹	$	653

1.	Amount represents arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings. The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts

The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally CDS, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.

For further information on credit derivatives and other credit contracts, see Note 4 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Protection Sold and Purchased with CDS

At September 30, 2018

Fair Value (Asset)/Liability

Notional

$ in millions

Protection
Sold

Protection
Purchased

Protection
Sold

Protection
Purchased

Single name

(326

)

469

111,848

127,114

Index and basket

159

(67

)

81,810

94,320

Tranched index and basket

(207

)

367

6,844

12,738

Total

(374

)

769

200,502

234,172


	At December 31, 2017
	Fair Value (Asset)/Liability					Notional
$ in millions	Protection Sold			Protection Purchased		Protection Sold		Protection Purchased
Single name	$	(1,277)		$	1,658	$	146,948	$	164,773
Index and basket		(341	)		209		131,073		120,348
Tranched index and basket		(342	)		616		11,864		24,498
Total	$	(1,960)		$	2,483	$	289,885	$	309,619

Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Credit Protection Sold¹

Years to maturity at September 30, 2018

$ in millions

< 1

1-3

3-5

Over 5

Total

Single name CDS

Investment grade

24,275

25,802

17,512

9,721

77,310

Non-investment grade

11,777

12,006

8,743

2,012

34,538

Total

36,052

37,808

26,255

11,733

111,848

Index and basket CDS

Investment grade

6,594

8,975

22,203

16,832

54,604

Non-investment grade

5,300

6,884

9,727

12,139

34,050

Total

11,894

15,859

31,930

28,971

88,654

Total CDS sold

47,946

53,667

58,185

40,704

200,502

Other credit contracts

—

129

Total credit protection sold

47,946

53,667

58,185

40,833

200,631

CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased

186,961


	Years to maturity at December 31, 2017
$ in millions	< 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
Single name CDS
Investment grade	$	39,721	$	42,591	$	18,157	$	8,872	$	109,341
Non-investment grade		14,213		16,293		6,193		908		37,607
Total	$	53,934	$	58,884	$	24,350	$	9,780	$	146,948
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade	$	29,046	$	15,418	$	37,343	$	6,807	$	88,614
Non-investment grade		5,246		7,371		32,417		9,289		54,323
Total	$	34,292	$	22,789	$	69,760	$	16,096	$	142,937
Total CDS sold	$	88,226	$	81,673	$	94,110	$	25,876	$	289,885
Other credit contracts		2		—		—		134		136
Total credit protection sold	$	88,228	$	81,673	$	94,110	$	26,010	$	290,021
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased									$	274,473


September 2018 Form 10-Q		60

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Fair Value (Asset)/Liability of Credit Protection Sold¹


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018			At December 31, 2017
Single name CDS
Investment grade	$	(387	)	$	(1,167)
Non-investment grade		61			(110)
Total	$	(326	)	$	(1,277)
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade	$	(683	)	$	(1,091)
Non-investment grade		635			408
Total	$	(48	)	$	(683)
Total CDS sold	$	(374	)	$	(1,960)
Other credit contracts		21			16
Total credit protection sold	$	(353	)	$	(1,944)

1.	Investment grade/non-investment grade determination is based on the internal credit rating of the reference obligation.

The fair value amounts as shown in the previous table are prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. Internal credit ratings serve as the Credit Risk Management Department’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.

5. Investment Securities

AFS and HTM Securities

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

AFS securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

33,093

—

1,026

32,067

U.S. agency securities¹

20,368

658

19,724

Total U.S. government and agency securities

53,461

1,684

51,791

Corporate and other debt:

Agency CMBS

1,198

1,129

Non-agency CMBS

465

—

447

Corporate bonds

1,402

—

1,368

State and municipal securities

200

—

200

CLO

262

—

262

FFELP student loan ABS²

2,027

2,035

Total corporate and other debt

5,554

129

5,441

Total AFS securities

59,015

1,813

57,232

HTM securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

13,387

—

630

12,757

U.S. agency securities¹

11,500

—

617

10,883

Total U.S. government and agency securities

24,887

—

1,247

23,640

Corporate and other debt:

Non-agency CMBS

449

442

Total HTM securities

25,336

1,255

24,082

Total investment securities

84,351

3,068

81,314


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
AFS debt securities
U.S. government and agency securities:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	26,842	$	—	$	589	$	26,253
U.S. agency securities¹		22,803		28		247		22,584
Total U.S. government and agency securities		49,645		28		836		48,837
Corporate and other debt:
Agency CMBS		1,370		2		49		1,323
Non-agency CMBS		1,102		—		8		1,094
Corporate bonds		1,379		5		12		1,372
CLO		398		1		—		399
FFELP student loan ABS²		2,165		15		7		2,173
Total corporate and other debt		6,414		23		76		6,361
Total AFS debt securities		56,059		51		912		55,198
AFS equity securities		15		—		10		5
Total AFS securities		56,074		51		922		55,203
HTM securities
U.S. government and agency securities:
U.S. Treasury securities		11,424		—		305		11,119
U.S. agency securities¹		11,886		7		220		11,673
Total U.S. government and agency securities		23,310		7		525		22,792
Corporate and other debt:
Non-agency CMBS		289		1		1		289
Total HTM securities		23,599		8		526		23,081
Total investment securities	$	79,673	$	59	$	1,448	$	78,284

1.	U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and CMOs.

2.	Underlying loans are backed by a guarantee, ultimately from the U.S. Department of Education, of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest outstanding.


		61		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position


	At September 30, 2018
	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or Longer				Total
$ in millions	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
AFS securities
U.S. government and agency securities:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	26,238	$	858	$	5,284	$	168	$	31,522	$	1,026
U.S. agency securities		13,615		525		2,604		133		16,219		658
Total U.S. government and agency securities		39,853		1,383		7,888		301		47,741		1,684
Corporate and other debt:
Agency CMBS		828		70		—		—		828		70
Non-agency CMBS		224		7		223		11		447		18
Corporate bonds		725		14		521		20		1,246		34
FFELP student loan ABS		881		7		—		—		881		7
Total corporate and other debt		2,658		98		744		31		3,402		129
Total AFS securities		42,511		1,481		8,632		332		51,143		1,813
HTM securities
U.S. government and agency securities:
U.S. Treasury securities		3,102		44		9,655		586		12,757		630
U.S. agency securities		2,373		73		8,510		544		10,883		617
Total U.S. government and agency securities		5,475		117		18,165		1,130		23,640		1,247
Corporate and other debt:
Non-agency CMBS		195		5		68		3		263		8
Total HTM securities		5,670		122		18,233		1,133		23,903		1,255
Total investment securities	$	48,181	$	1,603	$	26,865	$	1,465	$	75,046	$	3,068

	At December 31, 2017
	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or Longer				Total
$ in millions	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
AFS debt securities
U.S. government and agency securities:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	21,941	$	495	$	4,287	$	94	$	26,228	$	589
U.S. agency securities		12,673		192		2,513		55		15,186		247
Total U.S. government and agency securities		34,614		687		6,800		149		41,414		836
Corporate and other debt:
Agency CMBS		930		49		—		—		930		49
Non-agency CMBS		257		1		559		7		816		8
Corporate bonds		316		3		389		9		705		12
FFELP student loan ABS		984		7		—		—		984		7
Total corporate and other debt		2,487		60		948		16		3,435		76
Total AFS debt securities		37,101		747		7,748		165		44,849		912
AFS equity securities		—		—		5		10		5		10
Total AFS securities		37,101		747		7,753		175		44,854		922
HTM securities
U.S. government and agency securities:
U.S. Treasury securities		6,608		86		4,512		219		11,120		305
U.S. agency securities		2,879		24		7,298		196		10,177		220
Total U.S. government and agency securities		9,487		110		11,810		415		21,297		525
Corporate and other debt:
Non-agency CMBS		124		1		—		—		124		1
Total HTM securities		9,611		111		11,810		415		21,421		526
Total investment securities	$	46,712	$	858	$	19,563	$	590	$	66,275	$	1,448


September 2018 Form 10-Q		62

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that are other-than-temporarily impaired after performing the analysis described in Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. For AFS debt securities, the Firm does not intend to sell the securities and is not likely to be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. Furthermore, for AFS and HTM debt securities, the securities have not experienced credit losses as the net unrealized losses reported in the previous table are primarily due to higher interest rates since those securities were purchased.

See Note 12 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, CLO and FFELP student loan ABS.

Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Annualized
Average
Yield

AFS securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities:

Due within 1 year

3,447

3,432

1.3%

After 1 year through 5 years

27,517

26,734

1.9%

After 5 years through 10 years

2,129

1,901

1.4%

Total

33,093

32,067

U.S. agency securities:

Due within 1 year

473

467

1.0%

After 1 year through 5 years

806

789

1.2%

After 5 years through 10 years

1,718

1,644

1.8%

After 10 years

17,371

16,824

2.1%

Total

20,368

19,724

Total U.S. government and agency securities

53,461

51,791

1.9%

Corporate and other debt:

Agency CMBS:

Due within 1 year

0.9%

After 1 year through 5 years

384

382

1.3%

After 5 years through 10 years

1.2%

After 10 years

771

703

1.6%

Total

1,198

1,129

Non-agency CMBS:

After 5 years through 10 years

2.5%

After 10 years

429

413

2.4%

Total

465

447

Corporate bonds:

Due within 1 year

1.7%

After 1 year through 5 years

1,270

1,237

2.4%

After 5 years through 10 years

3.4%

Total

1,402

1,368

State and municipal securities:

After 1 year through 5 years

200

3.5%

Total

200

CLO:

After 5 years through 10 years

1.5%

After 10 years

198

2.4%

Total

262

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Annualized
Average
Yield

FFELP student loan ABS:

After 1 year through 5 years

0.8%

After 5 years through 10 years

319

316

0.8%

After 10 years

1,624

1,636

1.2%

Total

2,027

2,035

Total corporate and other debt

5,554

5,441

1.8%

Total AFS securities

59,015

57,232

1.9%

HTM securities

U.S. government securities:

U.S. Treasury securities:

Due within 1 year

2,126

2,118

1.2%

After 1 year through 5 years

5,423

5,303

2.0%

After 5 years through 10 years

5,112

4,725

1.9%

After 10 years

726

611

2.3%

Total

13,387

12,757

U.S. agency securities:

After 5 years through 10 years

1.9%

After 10 years

11,469

10,853

2.6%

Total

11,500

10,883

Total U.S. government and agency securities

24,887

23,640

2.2%

Corporate and other debt:

Non-agency CMBS:

Due within 1 year

3.5%

After 1 year through 5 years

4.4%

After 5 years through 10 years

301

295

4.0%

After 10 years

4.0%

Total corporate and other debt

449

442

4.0%

Total HTM securities

25,336

24,082

2.2%

Total investment securities

84,351

81,314

2.0%

Gross Realized Gains (Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018			2017
Gross realized gains	$	5	$	11	$	11		$	38
Gross realized (losses)		—		—		(3	)		(11	)
Total¹	$	5	$	11	$	8		$	27

1.	Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statements.


		63		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

6. Collateralized Transactions

The Firm enters into securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance its inventory positions. For further discussion of the Firm’s collateralized transactions, see Note 6 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions


	At September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Gross Amounts		Amounts Offset			Net Amounts Presented		Amounts Not Offset¹			Net Amounts
Assets
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	$	212,796	$	(143,710	)	$	69,086	$	(63,821	)	$	5,265
Securities borrowed		161,903		(19,414	)		142,489		(136,940	)		5,549
Liabilities
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	204,038	$	(143,710	)	$	60,328	$	(52,421	)	$	7,907
Securities loaned		31,247		(19,414	)		11,833		(11,664	)		169
Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
Securities purchased under agreements to resell											$	3,640
Securities borrowed												1,377
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase												6,074
Securities loaned												142

	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Gross Amounts		Amounts Offset			Net Amounts Presented		Amounts Not Offset¹			Net Amounts
Assets
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	$	199,044	$	(114,786	)	$	84,258	$	(78,009	)	$	6,249
Securities borrowed		133,431		(9,421	)		124,010		(119,358	)		4,652
Liabilities
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	171,210	$	(114,786	)	$	56,424	$	(48,067	)	$	8,357
Securities loaned		23,014		(9,422	)		13,592		(13,271	)		321
Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
Securities purchased under agreements to resell											$	5,687
Securities borrowed												572
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase												6,945
Securities loaned												307

1.	Amounts relate to master netting agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 4.

Maturities and Collateral Pledged

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity


	At September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Overnight and Open		Less than 30 Days		30-90 Days		Over 90 Days		Total
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	69,184	$	59,181	$	32,727	$	42,946	$	204,038
Securities loaned		19,930		3,698		1,733		5,886		31,247
Total included in the offsetting disclosure	$	89,114	$	62,879	$	34,460	$	48,832	$	235,285
Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral		18,727		—		—		—		18,727
Total	$	107,841	$	62,879	$	34,460	$	48,832	$	254,012

	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Overnight and Open		Less than 30 Days		30-90 Days		Over 90 Days		Total
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	41,332	$	66,593	$	28,682	$	34,603	$	171,210
Securities loaned		12,130		873		1,577		8,434		23,014
Total included in the offsetting disclosure	$	53,462	$	67,466	$	30,259	$	43,037	$	194,224
Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral		22,555		—		—		—		22,555
Total	$	76,017	$	67,466	$	30,259	$	43,037	$	216,779

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	$	54,625	$	43,346
State and municipal securities		1,516		2,451
Other sovereign government obligations		115,046		87,141
ABS		2,257		1,130
Corporate and other debt		8,142		7,737
Corporate equities		21,756		28,497
Other		696		908
Total	$	204,038	$	171,210

Securities loaned
Other sovereign government obligations	$	19,850	$	9,489
Corporate equities		11,270		13,174
Other		127		351
Total	$	31,247	$	23,014
Total included in the offsetting disclosure	$	235,285	$	194,224
Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral
Corporate equities	$	18,727	$	22,555
Total	$	254,012	$	216,779


September 2018 Form 10-Q		64

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Assets Pledged

The Firm pledges its trading assets and loans to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned, other secured financings and derivatives, and cover customer short sales. Counterparties may or may not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral.

Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the balance sheets.

Carrying Value of Assets Loaned or Pledged without

Counterparty Right to Sell or Repledge


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Trading assets	$	31,347	$	31,324
Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses)		570		228
Total	$	31,917	$	31,552

Collateral Received

The Firm receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed, securities-for-securities transactions, derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions.

Fair Value of Collateral Received with Right to Sell or Repledge


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Collateral received with right to sell or repledge	$	658,309	$	599,244
Collateral that was sold or repledged¹		505,108		475,113

1.	Does not include securities used to meet federal regulations for the Firm’s broker-dealers.

Customer Margin Lending and Other


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Net customer receivables representing margin loans	$	33,821	$	32,112

The Firm provides margin lending arrangements which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Customer receivables representing margin loans are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. Under these agreements and transactions, the Firm receives collateral, including U.S. government and

agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Firm. The Firm monitors required margin levels and established credit terms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.

For a further discussion of the Firm’s margin lending activities, see Note 6 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

The Firm has additional secured liabilities. For a further discussion of other secured financings, see Note 10.

Restricted Cash and Segregated Securities


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Restricted cash	$	33,202	$	34,231
Segregated securities¹		25,820		20,549
Total	$	59,022	$	54,780

1.	Securities segregated under federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the balance sheets.

7. Loans, Lending Commitments and Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans

The Firm’s loans held for investment are recorded at amortized cost, and its loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value in the balance sheets. For a further description of these loans, refer to Note 7 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. See Note 3 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value. See Note 11 for details of current commitments to lend in the future.

Loans by Type

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Loans Held
for Investment

Loans Held
for Sale

Total Loans

Corporate loans

35,439

10,035

45,474

Consumer loans

28,321

—

28,321

Residential real estate loans

26,644

26,673

Wholesale real estate loans

8,157

1,589

9,746

Total loans, gross

98,561

11,653

110,214

Allowance for loan losses

(231

)

—

(231)

Total loans, net

98,330

11,653

109,983

Fixed rate loans, net

15,263

Floating or adjustable rate loans, net

94,720

Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net

14,346


		65		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Loans Held for Investment			Loans Held for Sale		Total Loans
Corporate loans	$	29,754		$	9,456	$	39,210
Consumer loans		26,808			—		26,808
Residential real estate loans		26,635			35		26,670
Wholesale real estate loans		9,980			1,682		11,662
Total loans, gross		93,177			11,173		104,350
Allowance for loan losses		(224	)		—		(224	)
Total loans, net	$	92,953		$	11,173	$	104,126
Fixed rate loans, net						$	13,339
Floating or adjustable rate loans, net							90,787
Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net							9,977

Credit Quality

For a further discussion about the Firm’s evaluation of credit transactions, monitoring and credit quality indicators, as well as factors considered by the Firm in determining the allowance for loan losses and impairments, see Notes 2 and 7 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Loans Held for Investment before Allowance by Credit Quality


	At September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Corporate		Consumer		Residential Real Estate		Wholesale Real Estate		Total
Pass	$	35,062	$	28,316	$	26,563	$	7,625	$	97,566
Special mention		108		5		—		360		473
Substandard		268		—		81		172		521
Doubtful		1		—		—		—		1
Loss		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	35,439	$	28,321	$	26,644	$	8,157	$	98,561


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Corporate		Consumer		Residential Real Estate		Wholesale Real Estate		Total
Pass	$	29,166	$	26,802	$	26,562	$	9,480	$	92,010
Special mention		188		6		—		200		394
Substandard		393		—		73		300		766
Doubtful		7		—		—		—		7
Loss		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	29,754	$	26,808	$	26,635	$	9,980	$	93,177

Impaired Loans and Lending Commitments before Allowance


	At September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Corporate		Residential Real Estate		Total
Loans
With allowance	$	23	$	—	$	23
Without allowance¹		42		60		102
Total impaired loans	$	65	$	60	$	125
UPB		71		61		132
Lending Commitments
With allowance	$	21	$	—	$	21
Without allowance¹		24		—		24

	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Corporate		Residential Real Estate		Total
Loans
With allowance	$	16	$	—	$	16
Without allowance¹		118		45		163
Total impaired loans	$	134	$	45	$	179
UPB		146		46		192
Lending Commitments
Without allowance¹	$	199	$	—	$	199

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, no allowance was recorded for these loans and lending commitments as the present value of the expected future cash flows (or, alternatively, the observable market price of the instrument or the fair value of the collateral held) equaled or exceeded the carrying value.

Loans and lending commitments in the previous table have been evaluated for a specific allowance. All remaining loans and lending commitments are assessed under the inherent allowance methodology.

Impaired Loans and Total Allowance by Region


	At September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Americas		EMEA		Asia		Total
Impaired loans	$	125	$	—	$	—	$	125
Total Allowance for loan losses		192		38		1		231

	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Americas		EMEA		Asia		Total
Impaired loans	$	160	$	9	$	10	$	179
Total Allowance for loan losses		194		27		3		224

Troubled Debt Restructurings


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Loans	$	46	$	51
Lending commitments		37		28
Allowance for loan losses and lending commitments		4		10

Impaired loans and lending commitments classified as held for investment within corporate loans include TDRs as shown in the previous table. These restructurings typically include modifications of interest rates, collateral requirements, other loan covenants and payment extensions.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		66

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Allowance for Loan Losses Rollforward


$ in millions	Corporate			Consumer		Residential Real Estate			Wholesale Real Estate			Total
December 31, 2017	$	126		$	4	$	24		$	70		$	224
Gross charge-offs		(4	)		—		—			—			(4	)
Recoveries¹		54			—		—			—			54
Net recoveries (charge-offs)		50			—		—			—			50
Provision (release)^1, 2		(39	)		1		(4	)		9			(33	)
Other		(2	)		—		—			(8	)		(10	)
September 30, 2018	$	135		$	5	$	20		$	71		$	231
Inherent	$	130		$	5	$	20		$	71		$	226
Specific		5			—		—			—			5


$ in millions	Corporate			Consumer		Residential Real Estate		Wholesale Real Estate			Total
December 31, 2016	$	195		$	4	$	20	$	55		$	274
Gross charge-offs		(75	)		—		—		—			(75	)
Recoveries		1			—		—		—			1
Net recoveries (charge-offs)		(74	)		—		—		—			(74	)
Provision (release)²		26			—		4		12			42
Other		2			—		—		1			3
September 30, 2017	$	149		$	4	$	24	$	68		$	245
Inherent	$	142		$	4	$	24	$	68		$	238
Specific		7			—		—		—			7
1. The current year period release was primarily due to the recovery of a previously charged off energy industry related loan. 2. The Firm recorded a provision of $1 million and $13 million for loan losses in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively. Allowance for Lending Commitments Rollforward
$ in millions	Corporate			Consumer		Residential Real Estate		Wholesale Real Estate			Total
December 31, 2017	$	194		$	1	$	—	$	3		$	198
Provision (release)¹		5			—		—		1			6
Other		(2	)		—		—		(1	)		(3	)
September 30, 2018	$	197		$	1	$	—	$	3		$	201
Inherent	$	190		$	1	$	—	$	3		$	194
Specific		7			—		—		—			7


$ in millions	Corporate			Consumer		Residential Real Estate		Wholesale Real Estate		Total
December 31, 2016	$	185		$	1	$	—	$	4	$	190
Provision (release)¹		(10	)		—		—		—		(10	)
Other		1			—		—		—		1
September 30, 2017	$	176		$	1	$	—	$	4	$	181
Inherent	$	173		$	1	$	—	$	4	$	178
Specific		3			—		—		—		3

1.	The Firm recorded a provision of $1 million, and release of $6 million for lending commitments in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively.

Employee Loans


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018			At December 31, 2017
Balance	$	3,491		$	4,185
Allowance for loan losses		(70	)		(77	)
Balance, net	$	3,421		$	4,108
Repayment term range, in years		1 to 20			1 to 20

Employee loans are granted in conjunction with a program established to retain and recruit certain employees, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. The Firm establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, and the related provision is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

8. Equity Method Investments

Overview

Equity method investments other than certain investments in funds are summarized below and included in Other assets in the balance sheets with related income or loss included in Other revenues in the income statements. See the Measured Based on Net Asset Value table in Note 3 for the carrying value of the Firm’s fund interests, which are comprised of general and limited partnership interests, as well as any related performance-based fees in the form of carried interest.

Equity Method Investment Balances


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Investments	$	2,452	$	2,623


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Income (loss)	$	8	$	—	$	62	$	—

Japanese Securities Joint Venture


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Income from investment in MUMSS	$	17	$	25	$	99	$	96

Included in the equity method investments is the Firm’s 40% voting interest in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds a 60% voting interest. The Firm accounts for its equity method investment in MUMSS within the Institutional Securities business segment.


		67		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

9. Deposits

Deposits


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Savings and demand deposits	$	143,962	$	144,487
Time deposits		31,223		14,949
Total	$	175,185	$	159,436
Deposits subject to FDIC insurance	$	134,872	$	127,017
Time deposits that equal or exceed the FDIC insurance limit	$	12	$	38

Time Deposit Maturities


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018
2018	$	7,238
2019		12,519
2020		7,879
2021		1,569
2022		631
Thereafter		1,387

10. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

Borrowings


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Original maturities of one year or less	$	940	$	1,519
Original maturities greater than one year
Senior	$	180,136	$	180,835
Subordinated		9,813		10,228
Total	$	189,949	$	191,063
Total borrowings	$	190,889	$	192,582
Weighted average stated maturity, in years¹		6.6		6.6

1.	Includes only borrowings with original maturities greater than one year.

Other Secured Financings

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to certain ELNs, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, pledged commodities, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets. See Note 12 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

Other Secured Financings by Original Maturity and Type


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Original maturities:
Greater than one year	$	7,840	$	8,685
One year or less		1,555		2,034
Failed sales		662		552
Total	$	10,057	$	11,271

Failed Sales

For transfers that fail to meet the accounting criteria for a sale, the Firm continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets at fair value, and the Firm recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings at fair value in the balance sheets.

The assets transferred to certain unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities are also non-recourse to the Firm. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Firm has the right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

11. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments

Years to Maturity at September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Less

than 1

1-3

3-5

Over 5

Total

Lending:

Corporate

13,345

32,893

46,671

7,805

100,714

Consumer

7,074

—

7,085

Residential real estate

—

253

349

Wholesale real estate

129

530

—

659

Forward-starting secured financing receivables

82,818

—

1,181

83,999

Investment activities

517

100

257

921

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees

184

—

224

Total

104,067

33,607

46,742

9,535

193,951

Corporate lending commitments participated to third parties

7,620

Forward-starting secured financing receivables
settled within three business days

77,520

Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

For a further description of these commitments, refer to Note 12 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		68

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Guarantees

Obligations under Guarantee Arrangements at September 30, 2018

Maximum Potential Payout/Notional

Years to Maturity

$ in millions

Less than 1

1-3

3-5

Over 5

Total

Credit derivatives

47,946

53,667

58,185

40,704

200,502

Other credit contracts

—

129

Non-credit derivatives

1,870,310

1,471,732

405,669

648,797

4,396,508

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued¹

1,009

913

1,452

4,908

8,282

Market value guarantees

101

—

141

Liquidity facilities

3,994

—

3,994

Whole loan sales guarantees

—

23,215

23,216

Securitization representations and warranties

—

63,208

General partner guarantees

338

428


$ in millions	Carrying Amount (Asset)/ Liability			Collateral/ Recourse
Credit derivatives²	$	(374	)	$	—
Other credit contracts		21			—
Non-credit derivatives²		40,951			—
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued¹		(234	)		6,717
Market value guarantees		—			3
Liquidity facilities		(6	)		6,459
Whole loan sales guarantees		9			—
Securitization representations and warranties		62			—
General partner guarantees		73			—

1.	These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.6 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

2.	Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 4.

The Firm has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Firm for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Firm sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Firm may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Firm under a derivative contract.

For more information on the nature of the obligation and related business activity for market value guarantees, liquidity facilities, whole loan sales guarantees and general partner guarantees related to certain investment management funds, as well as the other products in the previous table, see Note 12 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications related to indemnities, exchange/clearinghouse member guarantees and merger and acquisition guarantees are described in Note 12 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the financial statements.

Finance Subsidiary

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a 100%-owned finance subsidiary.

Contingencies

Legal. In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis-related matters.


		69		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Firm expects that it will continue to be the subject of elevated claims for damages and other relief and, while the Firm has identified below any individual proceedings where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million CDS referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the CDS with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the CDS, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 27, 2018, the Firm filed a motion for summary judgment and spoliation sanctions against CDIB. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX (MSM 2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014. On August 13, 2018, the Firm filed a motion to renew its motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		70

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS 2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. On September 13, 2018, the Appellate Division, First Department, affirmed the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $126 million, the unpaid balance of these notes, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future.

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 13, 2018, the Appellate Division, First Department, affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On October 15, 2018, the plaintiff filed a motion for leave to appeal the decision of the Appellate Division, First Department, to the New York Court of Appeals or, in the alternative, for reargument. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and FGIC that the Firm did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future. In addition, plaintiff is seeking to expand

the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 11, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order, and the appeal was fully briefed on August 19, 2016. On October 19, 2018, the court granted the Firm’s motion for leave to amend its answer and to stay the case pending resolution of Deutsche Bank National Trust Company’s appeal to the New York Court of Appeals in another case. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that the Firm did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

In matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) is challenging, in the District Court in Amsterdam, the prior set-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $144 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’s corporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2013. The Dutch Authority alleges that the Firm was not entitled to receive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, that a Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securities subject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. The Dutch Authority has also alleged that the Firm failed to provide certain information to the Dutch Authority and keep adequate books and records. A hearing took place in this matter on September 19, 2017. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims. On June 6, 2018, the Dutch Authority filed an appeal against the decision issued by the District Court in Amsterdam. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that


		71		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately €124 million (approximately $144 million) plus accrued interest.

12. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

Overview

For a discussion of the Firm’s VIEs, the determination and structure of VIEs and securitization activities, see Note 13 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Consolidated VIEs

Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity


	At September 30, 2018				At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	VIE Assets		VIE Liabilities		VIE Assets		VIE Liabilities
OSF	$	273	$	—	$	378	$	3
MABS¹		66		44		249		210
Other²		2,234		834		1,174		250
Total	$	2,573	$	878	$	1,801	$	463

OSF—Other structured financings

Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs as the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

2.	Other primarily includes investment funds, certain operating entities and structured transactions. At September 30, 2018, Other includes the consolidation of a fund managed by Mesa West Capital, LLC, which was acquired in the first quarter of 2018.

Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and due from banks	$	99	$	69
Restricted cash		170		222
Trading assets at fair value		1,712		833
Customer and other receivables		22		19
Goodwill		18		18
Intangible assets		134		155
Other assets		418		485
Total	$	2,573	$	1,801
Liabilities
Other secured financings	$	845	$	438
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		33		25
Total	$	878	$	463
Noncontrolling interests	$	437	$	189

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. Most assets owned by consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. Most related liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Firm. In certain other consolidated VIEs,

the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

In general, the Firm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of amounts absorbed by third-party variable interest holders.

Non-consolidated VIEs


	At September 30, 2018
$ in millions	MABS		CDO		MTOB		OSF		Other
VIE assets (UPB)	$	73,812	$	15,427	$	6,314	$	3,457	$	20,199
Maximum exposure to loss
Debt and equity interests	$	8,598	$	1,505	$	17	$	1,579	$	5,006
Derivative and other contracts		—		—		3,994		—		1,756
Commitments, guarantees and other		863		630		—		139		327
Total	$	9,461	$	2,135	$	4,011	$	1,718	$	7,089

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets
Debt and equity interests	$	8,598	$	1,505	$	17	$	1,166	$	5,006
Derivative and other contracts		—		—		6		—		70
Total	$	8,598	$	1,505	$	23	$	1,166	$	5,076
Additional VIE assets owned¹									$	12,231


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	MABS		CDO		MTOB		OSF		Other
VIE assets (UPB)	$	89,288	$	9,807	$	5,306	$	3,322	$	31,934
Maximum exposure to loss
Debt and equity interests	$	10,657	$	1,384	$	80	$	1,628	$	4,730
Derivative and other contracts		—		—		3,333		—		1,686
Commitments, guarantees and other		1,214		668		—		164		433
Total	$	11,871	$	2,052	$	3,413	$	1,792	$	6,849

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets
Debt and equity interests	$	10,657	$	1,384	$	43	$	1,202	$	4,730
Derivative and other contracts		—		—		5		—		184
Total	$	10,657	$	1,384	$	48	$	1,202	$	4,914
Additional VIE assets owned¹									$	11,318

MTOB—Municipal tender option bonds

1.	Additional VIE Assets owned represents the carrying value of total exposure to non-consolidated VIEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds, primarily interests issued by securitization SPEs.

Most of the VIEs included in the previous tables are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Firm’s involvement generally


September 2018 Form 10-Q		72

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

is the result of its secondary market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5) and certain investments in funds.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Firm’s variable interest in the VIE and is limited to:

•

notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities;

•

other credit support;

•

total return swaps;

•

written put options; and

•

fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIE.

Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying the maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect changes in fair value recorded by the Firm.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss presented in the previous table does not include:

•

offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Firm may utilize to hedge these risks associated with its variable interests; and

•

any reductions associated with the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Firm.

The Firm’s primary risk exposure related to additional VIE assets owned is to the most subordinate class of beneficial interest, which are typically acquired by the Firm in the secondary market and generally issued by SPEs sponsored by unrelated parties. These assets, which generally consist of MABS, CDO, MTOB and other exposure, are primarily included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt, Trading assets—Investments or AFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets


	At September 30, 2018				At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	UPB		Debt and Equity Interests		UPB		Debt and Equity Interests
Residential mortgages	$	9,299	$	923	$	15,636	$	1,272
Commercial mortgages		39,554		1,289		46,464		2,331
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations		14,176		2,822		16,223		3,439
Other consumer or commercial loans		10,783		3,564		10,965		3,615
Total	$	73,812	$	8,598	$	89,288	$	10,657

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement


	At September 30, 2018
$ in millions	RML		CML		U.S. Agency CMO		CLN and Other¹
SPE assets (UPB)²	$	14,775	$	66,829	$	14,793	$	17,101
Retained interests
Investment grade	$	18	$	492	$	850	$	14
Non-investment grade (fair value)		3		119		—		359
Total	$	21	$	611	$	850	$	373
Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)
Investment grade	$	7	$	141	$	71	$	—
Non-investment grade		51		47		—		—
Total	$	58	$	188	$	71	$	—
Derivative assets (fair value)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	140
Derivative liabilities (fair value)		—		—		—		136


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	RML		CML		U.S. Agency CMO		CLN and Other¹
SPE assets (UPB)²	$	15,555	$	62,744	$	11,612	$	17,060
Retained interests
Investment grade	$	—	$	293	$	407	$	4
Non-investment grade (fair value)		1		98		—		478
Total	$	1	$	391	$	407	$	482
Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)
Investment grade	$	—	$	94	$	439	$	—
Non-investment grade		16		66		—		4
Total	$	16	$	160	$	439	$	4
Derivative assets (fair value)	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	226
Derivative liabilities (fair value)		—		—		—		85

RML—Residential mortgage loans

CML—Commercial mortgage loans

1.	Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.

2.	Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.


		73		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)


	Fair Value at September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Level 2		Level 3		Total
Retained interests
Investment grade	$	868	$	56	$	924
Non-investment grade		139		342		481
Total	$	1,007	$	398	$	1,405
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade	$	208	$	11	$	219
Non-investment grade		88		10		98
Total	$	296	$	21	$	317
Derivative assets	$	28	$	112	$	140
Derivative liabilities		133		3		136


	Fair Value at December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Level 2		Level 3		Total
Retained interests
Investment grade	$	407	$	4	$	411
Non-investment grade		22		555		577
Total	$	429	$	559	$	988
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade	$	531	$	2	$	533
Non-investment grade		57		29		86
Total	$	588	$	31	$	619
Derivative assets	$	78	$	149	$	227
Derivative liabilities		81		4		85

The previous tables include transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment.

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the income statements. The Firm may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles, for which Investment banking revenues are recognized. The Firm may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are generally carried at fair value in the balance sheets with changes in fair value recognized in the income statements.

Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Sales of Loans


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
New transactions¹	$	7,299	$	6,875	$	19,056	$	17,622
Retained interests		584		648		2,222		1,607
Sales of corporate loans to CLO SPEs^{1, 2}		17		56		253		148

1.	Net gains on new transactions and sales of corporate loans to CLO entities at the time of the sale were not material for all periods presented.

2.	Sponsored by non-affiliates.

The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 11).

Assets Sold with Retained Exposure


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale and gross cash proceeds	$	28,121	$	19,115
Fair value
Assets sold	$	28,820	$	19,138
Derivative assets recognized in the balance sheets		826		176
Derivative liabilities recognized in the balance sheets		127		153

The Firm retains the exposure to the securities as shown in the previous table. The Firm enters into transactions in which it sells equity securities and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC equity derivatives with the purchasers of the securities.

13. Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework and Requirements

For a discussion of the Firm’s regulatory capital framework, see Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

The Firm is required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital, RWA and transition provisions follows.

The Firm’s risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”).

Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital). Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, by 2019 the Firm will be subject to the following buffers:

•

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

•

The Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and


September 2018 Form 10-Q		74

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

•

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.

In 2018, each of the buffers is 75% of the 2019 requirement noted above (during 2017, the buffers were 50%). Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

For a further discussion of the Firm’s calculation of risk-based capital ratios, see Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Required
Ratio¹

Amount

Ratio

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

8.6%

61,758

16.7%

Tier 1 capital

10.1%

70,328

19.0%

Total capital

12.1%

79,899

21.6%

Total RWA

370,714

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage

4.0%

70,328

8.2%

Adjusted average assets²

858,944

SLR³

5.0%

70,328

6.4%

Supplementary leverage exposure⁴

1,101,263


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Required Ratio¹		Amount		Ratio⁵
Risk-based capital
Common Equity Tier 1 capital		7.3%	$	61,134		16.5%
Tier 1 capital		8.8%		69,938		18.9%
Total capital		10.8%		80,275		21.7%
Total RWA				369,578
Leverage-based capital
Tier 1 leverage		4.0%	$	69,938		8.3%
Adjusted average assets²				842,270

1.	Percentages represent minimum required regulatory capital ratios—for risk-based capital, the ratios are under the transitional rules.

3.	The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

Supplementary Leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily (i) potential future exposure for derivative exposures, gross-up for cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

5.	For risk- and leverage-based capital, regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017.

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Firm’s risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

The OCC establishes capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and evaluates their compliance with such capital requirements. Regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are calculated in a similar manner to the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements, although G-SIB capital surcharge requirements do not apply to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

The OCC’s regulatory capital framework includes Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) standards, including “well-capitalized” PCA standards that are based on specified regulatory capital ratio minimums. For us to remain an FHC, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with the OCC’s PCA standards. In addition, failure by our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to meet minimum capital requirements may result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ and the Firm’s financial statements.

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules and exceeded well-capitalized requirements.

MSBNA’s Regulatory Capital

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Required
Ratio¹

Amount

Ratio

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

6.5%

15,683

20.4%

Tier 1 capital

8.0%

15,683

20.4%

Total capital

10.0%

15,933

20.7%

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage

5.0%

15,683

10.9%

SLR²

6.0%

15,683

8.5%


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Required Ratio¹		Amount		Ratio³
Risk-based capital
Common Equity Tier 1 capital		6.5%	$	15,196		20.5%
Tier 1 capital		8.0%		15,196		20.5%
Total capital		10.0%		15,454		20.8%
Leverage-based capital
Tier 1 leverage		5.0%	$	15,196		11.8%


		75		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

MSPBNA’s Regulatory Capital

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Required
Ratio¹

Amount

Ratio

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

6.5%

6,841

25.0%

Tier 1 capital

8.0%

6,841

25.0%

Total capital

10.0%

6,886

25.1%

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage

5.0%

6,841

9.7%

SLR²

6.0%

6,841

9.4%


	At December 31, 2017
$ in millions	Required Ratio¹		Amount		Ratio³
Risk-based capital
Common Equity Tier 1 capital		6.5%	$	6,215		24.4%
Tier 1 capital		8.0%		6,215		24.4%
Total capital		10.0%		6,258		24.6%
Leverage-based capital
Tier 1 leverage		5.0%	$	6,215		9.7%

1.	Ratios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.

2.	The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

3.	For risk- and leverage-based capital, regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017.

U.S. Broker-Dealer Regulatory Capital Requirements

MS&Co. Regulatory Capital


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Net capital	$	12,627	$	10,142
Excess net capital		10,253		8,018

MS&Co. is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and the CFTC. MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.

As an Alternative Net Capital broker-dealer, and in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1, MS&Co. is subject to minimum net capital and tentative net capital requirements. In addition, MS&Co. must notify the SEC if its tentative net capital falls below certain levels. At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, MS&Co. has exceeded its net capital requirement and has tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

MSSB LLC Regulatory Capital


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Net capital	$	3,030	$	2,567
Excess net capital		2,864		2,400

MSSB LLC is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and introducing broker for the futures business and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the PRA, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Firm are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

14. Total Equity

Share Repurchases


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Repurchases of common stock under the Firm’s share repurchase program	$	1,180	$	1,250	$	3,680	$	2,500

The Firm’s 2018 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) includes the share repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019. Additionally, the Capital Plan includes quarterly common stock dividends of up to $0.30 per share.

On April 18, 2018, the Firm entered into a sales plan with MUFG whereby MUFG sells shares of the Firm’s common stock to the Firm, as part of the Firm’s share repurchase program. The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and the Firm, including the joint ventures in Japan.

Preferred Stock


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Dividends declared	$	93	$	93	$	356	$	353

For a description of Series A through Series K preferred stock issuances, see Note 15 to the financial statements in the 2017


September 2018 Form 10-Q		76

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Form 10-K. The Firm is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock has a preference over the common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 13).

Preferred Stock Outstanding

Shares
Outstanding

Carrying Value

$ in millions, except

per share data

At
September 30,
2018

Liquidation
Preference
per Share

At
September 30,
2018

At
December 31,
2017

Series

44,000

25,000

1,100

1,100

C¹

519,882

1,000

408

408

34,500

25,000

862

862

34,000

25,000

850

850

20,000

25,000

500

500

52,000

25,000

1,300

1,300

40,000

25,000

1,000

1,000

60,000

25,000

1,500

1,500

40,000

25,000

1,000

1,000

Total

8,520

8,520

1.	Series C is composed of the issuance of 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG for an aggregate purchase price of $911 million, less the redemption of 640,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock of $503 million, which were converted to common shares of approximately $705 million.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)¹


$ in millions	Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments			AFS Securities			Pension, Postretirement and Other			DVA			Total
June 30, 2018	$	(864	)	$	(1,194	)	$	(704	)	$	(308	)	$	(3,070	)
OCI during the period		(54	)		(171	)		5			(709	)		(929	)
September 30, 2018	$	(918	)	$	(1,365	)	$	(699	)	$	(1,017	)	$	(3,999	)

June 30, 2017	$	(856	)	$	(396	)	$	(470	)	$	(766	)	$	(2,488	)
OCI during the period		61			26			—			(143	)		(56	)
September 30, 2017	$	(795	)	$	(370	)	$	(470	)	$	(909	)	$	(2,544	)

December 31, 2017	$	(767	)	$	(547	)	$	(591	)	$	(1,155	)	$	(3,060	)
Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes²		(8	)		(111	)		(124	)		(194	)		(437	)
OCI during the period		(143	)		(707	)		16			332			(502	)
September 30, 2018	$	(918	)	$	(1,365	)	$	(699	)	$	(1,017	)	$	(3,999	)

December 31, 2016	$	(986	)	$	(588	)	$	(474	)	$	(595	)	$	(2,643	)
OCI during the period		191			218			4			(314	)		99
September 30, 2017	$	(795	)	$	(370	)	$	(470	)	$	(909	)	$	(2,544	)

1.	Amounts net of tax and noncontrolling interests.

The cumulative adjustment for accounting changes is primarily the effect of the adoption of the accounting update Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2018 to reclassify certain income tax effects related to enactment of the Tax Act from AOCI to Retained earnings, primarily related to the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from the reduction in corporate income tax rate to 21%. See Note 2 for further information.

Components of Period Changes in OCI


	Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
$ in millions	Pre-tax Gain (Loss)			Income Tax Benefit (Provision)			After-tax Gain (Loss)			Non- controlling Interests			Net
Foreign currency translation adjustments
OCI activity	$	(44	)	$	(35	)	$	(79	)	$	(25	)	$	(54)
Reclassified to earnings		—			—			—			—			—
Net OCI	$	(44	)	$	(35	)	$	(79	)	$	(25	)	$	(54)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity	$	(219	)	$	51		$	(168	)	$	—		$	(168)
Reclassified to earnings		(5	)		2			(3	)		—			(3)
Net OCI	$	(224	)	$	53		$	(171	)	$	—		$	(171)

Pension, postretirement and other
OCI activity	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Reclassified to earnings		7			(2	)		5			—			5
Net OCI	$	7		$	(2	)	$	5		$	—		$	5

Change in net DVA
OCI activity	$	(1,018	)	$	248		$	(770	)	$	(34	)	$	(736)
Reclassified to earnings		36			(9	)		27			—			27
Net OCI	$	(982	)	$	239		$	(743	)	$	(34	)	$	(709)


	Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
$ in millions	Pre-tax Gain (Loss)			Income Tax Benefit (Provision)			After-tax Gain (Loss)			Non- controlling Interests			Net
Foreign currency translation adjustments
OCI activity	$	19		$	42		$	61		$	—		$	61
Reclassified to earnings		—			—			—			—			—
Net OCI	$	19		$	42		$	61		$	—		$	61

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity	$	52		$	(19	)	$	33		$	—		$	33
Reclassified to earnings		(11	)		4			(7	)		—			(7)
Net OCI	$	41		$	(15	)	$	26		$	—		$	26

Pension, postretirement and other
OCI activity	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Reclassified to earnings		1			(1	)		—			—			—
Net OCI	$	1		$	(1	)	$	—		$	—		$	—

Change in net DVA
OCI activity	$	(220	)	$	77		$	(143	)	$	(6	)	$	(137)
Reclassified to earnings		(9	)		3			(6	)		—			(6)
Net OCI	$	(229	)	$	80		$	(149	)	$	(6	)	$	(143)


		77		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018¹
$ in millions	Pre-tax Gain (Loss)			Income Tax Benefit (Provision)			After-tax Gain (Loss)			Non- controlling Interests			Net
Foreign currency translation adjustments
OCI activity	$	(52	)	$	(102	)	$	(154	)	$	(11	)	$	(143)
Reclassified to earnings		—			—			—			—			—
Net OCI	$	(52	)	$	(102	)	$	(154	)	$	(11	)	$	(143)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity	$	(916	)	$	215		$	(701	)	$	—		$	(701)
Reclassified to earnings		(8	)		2			(6	)		—			(6)
Net OCI	$	(924	)	$	217		$	(707	)	$	—		$	(707)

Pension, postretirement and other
OCI activity	$	2		$	—		$	2		$	—		$	2
Reclassified to earnings		19			(5	)		14			—			14
Net OCI	$	21		$	(5	)	$	16		$	—		$	16

Change in net DVA
OCI activity	$	403		$	(97	)	$	306		$	15		$	291
Reclassified to earnings		54			(13	)		41			—			41
Net OCI	$	457		$	(110	)	$	347		$	15		$	332


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
$ in millions	Pre-tax Gain (Loss)			Income Tax Benefit (Provision)			After-tax Gain (Loss)			Non- controlling Interests			Net
Foreign currency translation adjustments
OCI activity	$	63		$	160		$	223		$	32		$	191
Reclassified to earnings		—			—			—			—			—
Net OCI	$	63		$	160		$	223		$	32		$	191

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity	$	374		$	(139	)	$	235		$	—		$	235
Reclassified to earnings		(27	)		10			(17	)		—			(17)
Net OCI	$	347		$	(129	)	$	218		$	—		$	218

Pension, postretirement and other
OCI activity	$	3		$	—		$	3		$	—		$	3
Reclassified to earnings		2			(1	)		1			—			1
Net OCI	$	5		$	(1	)	$	4		$	—		$	4

Change in net DVA
OCI activity	$	(498	)	$	175		$	(323	)	$	(9	)	$	(314)
Reclassified to earnings		(1	)		1			—			—			—
Net OCI	$	(499	)	$	176		$	(323	)	$	(9	)	$	(314)

1.	Exclusive of 2018 cumulative adjustments related to the adoption of certain accounting updates in the current year period. Refer to the table below and Note 2 for further information.

Cumulative Adjustments to Retained Earnings Related to Adoption of Accounting Updates


$ in millions	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	(32	)
Derivatives and hedging-targeted improvements to accounting for hedging activities		(99	)
Reclassification of certain tax effects from AOCI		443
Other¹		(6	)
Total	$	306


$ in millions	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
Improvements to employee share-based payment accounting²		(30)
Intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory		(5)
Total	$	(35)

Other includes the adoption of accounting updates related to Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (other than the provision around presenting unrealized DVA in OCI which the Firm early adopted in 2016) and Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets. The impact of these adoptions on Retained earnings was not significant.

2.	See Note 2 to the 2017 Form 10-K for further information.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		78

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

15. Earnings per Common Share

Calculation of Basic and Diluted EPS


	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
in millions, except for per share data	2018			2017		2018			2017
Basic EPS
Income from continuing operations	$	2,155		$	1,785	$	7,330		$	5,574
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		(1	)		6		(5	)		(21	)
Net income		2,154			1,791		7,325			5,553
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		42			10		108			85
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley		2,112			1,781		7,217			5,468
Preferred stock dividends and other		93			93		356			353
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	2,019		$	1,688	$	6,861		$	5,115
Weighted average common shares outstanding		1,697			1,776		1,719			1,789
Earnings per basic common share
Income from continuing operations	$	1.19		$	0.95	$	3.99		$	2.87
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		—			—		—			(0.01	)
Earnings per basic common share	$	1.19		$	0.95	$	3.99		$	2.86
Diluted EPS
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	2,019		$	1,688	$	6,861		$	5,115
Weighted average common shares outstanding		1,697			1,776		1,719			1,789
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options and RSUs		30			42		30			41
Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents		1,727			1,818		1,749			1,830
Earnings per diluted common share
Income from continuing operations	$	1.17		$	0.93	$	3.92		$	2.81
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		—			—		—			(0.02	)
Earnings per diluted common share	$	1.17		$	0.93	$	3.92		$	2.79
Weighted average antidilutive RSUs and stock options (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)		1			—		1			—

16. Interest Income and Interest Expense


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Interest income
Investment securities	$	440	$	313	$	1,281	$	943
Loans		1,085		853		3,097		2,399
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed¹		575		76		1,156		86
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities		571		506		1,687		1,461
Customer receivables and Other²		956		592		2,560		1,522
Total interest income	$	3,627	$	2,340	$	9,781	$	6,411
Interest expense
Deposits	$	377	$	63	$	809	$	88
Borrowings		1,287		1,109		3,683		3,197
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned³		478		325		1,326		912
Customer payables and Other⁴		549		60		1,146		(91	)
Total interest expense	$	2,691	$	1,557	$	6,964	$	4,106
Net interest	$	936	$	783	$	2,817	$	2,305

1.	Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

2.	Includes interest from Customer receivables and Cash and cash equivalents.

3.	Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

4.	Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

Interest income and Interest expense are classified in the income statements based on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

17. Employee Benefit Plans

The Firm sponsors various retirement plans for the majority of its U.S. employees. The Firm provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income) for Pension and Other Postretirement Plans


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018			2017			2018			2017
Service cost, benefits earned during the period	$	4		$	4		$	12		$	12
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		34			37			103			112
Expected return on plan assets		(29	)		(29	)		(85	)		(87	)
Net amortization of prior service credit		(1	)		(4	)		(1	)		(12	)
Net amortization of actuarial loss		8			4			20			12
Net periodic benefit expense (income)	$	16		$	12		$	49		$	37


		79		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

18. Income Taxes

The Firm is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states in which it has significant business operations, such as New York. The Firm has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, and associated interest, if applicable (“tax liabilities”), that it believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Firm adjusts such tax liabilities only when new information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

The Firm is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, for tax years 2009-2016 and 2007-2014, respectively.

The Firm believes that the resolution of the above tax matters will not have a material effect on the annual financial statements, although a resolution could have a material impact in the income statements and effective tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

Furthermore, by the end of the first quarter of 2018, the Firm reached a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on certain issues through tax year 2010, the resolution of which did not have a material impact on the financial statements or effective tax rate.

See Note 11 regarding the Dutch Tax Authority’s challenge, in the District Court in Amsterdam (matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353), of the Firm’s entitlement to certain withholding tax credits which may impact the balance of unrecognized tax benefits.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits occur within the next 12 months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Firm’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

The Firm’s effective tax rate for the current year period includes recurring-type discrete tax benefits associated with employee share-based payments of $164 million. Additionally, as a result of new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters, the Firm’s effective tax rate for the current year period includes intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $92 million with a corresponding reduction in the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding federal benefit of state items, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets) of approximately $430 million.

19. Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information

Segment Information

For a discussion about the Firm’s business segments, see Note 21 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Selected Financial Information by Business Segment


	Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
$ in millions	IS			WM		IM			I/E			Total
Investment banking^1, 2	$	1,459		$	129	$	—		$	(21	)	$	1,567
Trading		2,573			160		2			17			2,752
Investments		96			—		40			—			136
Commissions and fees¹		589			409		—			(66	)		932
Asset management¹		112			2,573		604			(38	)		3,251
Other		244			58		(3	)		(1	)		298
Total non-interest revenues^{3, 4}		5,073			3,329		643			(109	)		8,936
Interest income		2,425			1,412		19			(229	)		3,627
Interest expense		2,569			342		9			(229	)		2,691
Net interest		(144	)		1,070		10			—			936
Net revenues	$	4,929		$	4,399	$	653		$	(109	)	$	9,872
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	1,556		$	1,194	$	102		$	(1	)	$	2,851
Provision for income taxes		397			281		18			—			696
Income from continuing operations		1,159			913		84			(1	)		2,155
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		(3	)		—		2			—			(1	)
Net income		1,156			913		86			(1	)		2,154
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		36			—		6			—			42
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	1,120		$	913	$	80		$	(1	)	$	2,112


September 2018 Form 10-Q		80

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)


	Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
$ in millions	IS			WM		IM			I/E			Total
Investment banking	$	1,270		$	125	$	—		$	(15	)	$	1,380
Trading		2,504			212		(7	)		(5	)		2,704
Investments		52			1		114			—			167
Commissions and fees		561			402		—			(26	)		937
Asset management		88			2,393		568			(23	)		3,026
Other		143			62		1			(6	)		200
Total non-interest revenues		4,618			3,195		676			(75	)		8,414
Interest income		1,421			1,155		1			(237	)		2,340
Interest expense		1,663			130		2			(238	)		1,557
Net interest		(242	)		1,025		(1	)		1			783
Net revenues	$	4,376		$	4,220	$	675		$	(74	)	$	9,197
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	1,236		$	1,119	$	131		$	(4	)	$	2,482
Provision for income taxes		260			421		16			—			697
Income from continuing operations		976			698		115			(4	)		1,785
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		6			—		—			—			6
Net income		982			698		115			(4	)		1,791
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		9			—		1			—			10
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	973		$	698	$	114		$	(4	)	$	1,781

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018

$ in millions

I/E

Total

Investment banking^1,
2

4,671

383

—

(60

)

4,994

Trading

9,344

404

9,815

Investments

234

172

—

409

Commissions and fees¹

2,007

1,349

—

(212

)

3,144

Asset management¹

324

7,582

1,840

(114

)

9,632

Other

548

195

)

748

Total non-interest revenues^{3, 4}

17,128

9,916

2,045

(347

)

28,742

Interest income

6,424

4,012

(692

)

9,781

Interest expense

6,809

830

(695

)

6,964

Net interest

(385

)

3,182

2,817

Net revenues

16,743

13,098

2,062

(344

)

31,559

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

5,480

3,511

390

)

9,380

Provision for income taxes

1,169

808

—

2,050

Income from continuing operations

4,311

2,703

317

)

7,330

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

)

—

(5)

Net income

4,304

2,703

319

)

7,325

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

100

—

108

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

4,204

2,703

311

)

7,217


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
$ in millions	IS			WM		IM			I/E			Total
Investment banking	$	4,100		$	405	$	—		$	(50	)	$	4,455
Trading		8,241			657		(21	)		(7	)		8,870
Investments		155			3		337			—			495
Commissions and fees		1,811			1,266		—			(80	)		2,997
Asset management		268			6,879		1,624			(76	)		8,695
Other		442			191		9			(14	)		628
Total non-interest revenues		15,017			9,401		1,949			(227	)		26,140
Interest income		3,788			3,348		3			(728	)		6,411
Interest expense		4,515			320		3			(732	)		4,106
Net interest		(727	)		3,028		—			4			2,305
Net revenues	$	14,290		$	12,429	$	1,949		$	(223	)	$	28,445
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	4,409		$	3,149	$	376		$	(2	)	$	7,932
Provision for income taxes		1,132			1,139		87			—			2,358
Income from continuing operations		3,277			2,010		289			(2	)		5,574
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		(21	)		—		—			—			(21)
Net income		3,256			2,010		289			(2	)		5,553
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests		77			—		8			—			85
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	3,179		$	2,010	$	281		$	(2	)	$	5,468

I/E–Intersegment Eliminations

1.	Approximately 85% of Investment banking revenues and substantially all of Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues in the current quarter and current year period were determined under the Revenues from Contracts with Customers accounting update.

Current quarter Institutional Securities Investment banking revenues are composed of $510 million of Advisory and $949 million of Underwriting revenues. Current year period Institutional Securities Investment banking revenues are composed of $1,702 million of Advisory and $2,969 million of Underwriting revenues.

The Firm enters into certain contracts which contain a current obligation to perform services in the future. Excluding contracts where billing is commensurate with the value of the services performed at each stage of the contract, contracts with variable consideration that is subject to reversal, and contracts with less than one year duration, we expect to record the following approximate revenues in the future: $25 million in the remainder of 2018; $100 million per year over the next two years; and between $10 million and $50 million per year thereafter through 2035. These revenues are primarily related to certain commodities contracts with customers.

4.	Includes $804 million and $2,192 million in revenue recognized in the current quarter and current year period, respectively, where some or all services were performed in prior periods. This amount is primarily composed of investment banking advisory fees, and distribution fees.

Total Assets by Business Segment


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At December 31, 2017
Institutional Securities	$	671,508	$	664,974
Wealth Management		188,166		182,009
Investment Management		5,843		4,750
Total¹	$	865,517	$	851,733

1.	Parent assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.


		81		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Additional Segment Information—Investment Management

Net Unrealized Performance-based Fees

$ in millions

September 30,
2018

December 31,
2017

Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing

406

442

The Firm’s portion of net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees (for which the Firm is not obligated to pay compensation) are at risk of reversing if the fund performance falls below the stated investment management agreement benchmarks. See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Reduction of Fees due to Fee Waivers


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Fee waivers	$	11	$	20	$	45	$	66

The Firm waives a portion of its fees in the Investment Management business segment from certain registered money market funds that comply with the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Geographic Information

For a discussion about the Firm’s geographic net revenues, see Note 21 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Net Revenues by Region


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Americas	$	7,357	$	6,833	$	22,989	$	20,667
EMEA		1,355		1,325		4,892		4,420
Asia		1,160		1,039		3,678		3,358
Total	$	9,872	$	9,197	$	31,559	$	28,445

Revenue Information

Trading Revenues by Product Type


	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2018		2017		2018		2017
Interest rate contracts	$	744	$	648	$	2,396	$	1,693
Foreign exchange contracts		223		181		622		613
Equity security and index contracts¹		1,432		1,416		5,094		4,875
Commodity and other contracts		254		223		1,047		522
Credit contracts		99		236		656		1,167
Total	$	2,752	$	2,704	$	9,815	$	8,870

1.	Dividend income is included within equity security and index contracts.

The previous table summarizes gains and losses included in Trading revenues in the income statements. These activities include revenues related to derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with its market-making and related risk management strategies. The trading revenues presented in the table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

Change in Revenue and Expense as a Result of Application of the New Revenue Recognition Standard


$ in millions	Three Months Ended September 30, 2018			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018
Gross presentation impact—Revenue
Investment banking—Advisory	$	12		$	56
Underwriting		59			161
Asset management		8			22
Other		14			41
Subtotal		93			280
Gross presentation impact—Expense
Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees	$	8		$	22
Marketing and business development		8			20
Professional services		39			93
Other¹		38			145
Subtotal		93			280
Timing impact—Revenue
Investment banking—Advisory		(2	)		13
Asset management		(15	)		(31)
Other		5			10
Subtotal		(12	)		(8)
Net change in revenue and expense	$	(12	)	$	(8)

1.	Primarily composed of Investment banking transaction-related costs.

As a result of adopting the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers, the accounting for certain transactions has changed (see Note 2 for further details). As summarized in the previous table, the change is composed of transactions which are now presented on a gross basis within both Non-interest revenues and Non-interest expenses as well as transactions where revenues are recognized with different timing compared to the previous GAAP. For example, timing impacts shown as negative amounts in the previous table represent revenues for which recognition has been deferred to future periods under the new standard.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		82

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Receivables from Contracts with Customers


$ in millions	At September 30, 2018		At January 1, 2018
Customer and other receivables	$	2,418	$	2,805

Receivables from contracts with customers, which are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets, arise when the Firm has both recorded revenues and has the right per the contract to bill customers.

20. Subsequent Events

The Firm has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statements through the date of this report and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events not otherwise reported in these financial statements or the notes thereto.


		83		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)
Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income


	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2018								2017
$ in millions	Average Daily Balance		Interest			Annualized Average Rate			Average Daily Balance		Interest			Annualized Average Rate
Interest earning assets¹
Investment securities²	$	82,594	$	440			2.1	%	$	73,599	$	313			1.7	%
Loans²		110,592		1,085			3.9			99,655		853			3.4
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed³:
U.S.		139,418		637			1.8			128,127		190			0.6
Non-U.S.		89,825		(62	)		(0.3	)		99,019		(114	)		(0.5	)
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities⁴:
U.S.		55,399		508			3.6			58,000		463			3.2
Non-U.S.		8,637		63			2.9			5,826		43			3.0
Customer receivables and Other⁵:
U.S.		75,627		716			3.8			70,331		447			2.5
Non-U.S.		33,099		240			2.9			28,210		145			2.1
Total	$	595,191	$	3,627			2.4	%	$	562,767	$	2,340			1.7	%
Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits²	$	173,921	$	377			0.9	%	$	150,116	$	63			0.2	%
Borrowings^2, 6		191,606		1,287			2.7			192,575		1,109			2.3
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned⁷:
U.S.		24,386		346			5.6			30,027		234			3.1
Non-U.S.		34,960		132			1.5			38,536		91			0.9
Customer payables and Other⁸:
U.S.		120,958		321			1.1			129,365		(13	)		—
Non-U.S.		71,998		228			1.3			66,697		73			0.4
Total	$	617,829	$	2,691			1.7	%	$	607,316	$	1,557			1.0	%
Net interest income and net interest rate spread			$	936			0.7	%			$	783			0.7	%


September 2018 Form 10-Q		84


Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)
Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2018								2017
$ in millions	Average Daily Balance		Interest			Annualized Average Rate			Average Daily Balance		Interest			Annualized Average Rate
Interest earning assets¹
Investment securities²	$	80,886	$	1,281			2.1	%	$	76,356	$	943			1.7	%
Loans²		109,001		3,097			3.8			97,099		2,399			3.3
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed³:
U.S.		133,208		1,410			1.4			126,738		406			0.4
Non-U.S.		89,699		(254	)		(0.4	)		96,419		(320	)		(0.4	)
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities⁴:
U.S.		55,162		1,520			3.7			58,260		1,385			3.2
Non-U.S.		7,045		167			3.2			3,701		76			2.7
Customer receivables and Other⁵:
U.S.		71,293		1,880			3.5			68,611		1,128			2.2
Non-U.S.		33,747		680			2.7			26,743		394			2.0
Total	$	580,041	$	9,781			2.3	%	$	553,927	$	6,411			1.5	%
Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits²	$	166,384	$	809			0.7	%	$	150,244	$	88			0.1	%
Borrowings^2, 6		192,746		3,683			2.6			181,544		3,197			2.4
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned⁷:
U.S.		24,871		952			5.1			31,958		651			2.7
Non-U.S.		38,248		374			1.3			39,449		261			0.9
Customer payables and Other⁸:
U.S.		121,556		577			0.6			128,420		(196	)		(0.2	)
Non-U.S.		71,382		569			1.1			64,257		105			0.2
Total	$	615,187	$	6,964			1.5	%	$	595,872	$	4,106			0.9	%
Net interest income and net interest rate spread			$	2,817			0.8	%			$	2,305			0.6	%

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

Amounts include primarily U.S. balances.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities exclude non-interest earning assets and non-interest bearing liabilities, such as equity securities.

Includes interest from Customer receivables and Cash and cash equivalents.

The Firm also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Notes 3 and 11 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K).

Includes fees received on Securities loaned. The annualized average rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheets and (b) net average on-balance sheet balances, which exclude certain securities-for-securities transactions.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.


		85		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)
Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income


	Current Quarter versus Prior Year Quarter								Current Year Period versus Prior Year Period
	Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in:								Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in:
$ in millions	Volume			Rate			Net Change		Volume			Rate		Net Change
Interest earning assets
Investment securities	$	38		$	89		$	127	$	56		$	282	$	338
Loans		94			138			232		295			403		698
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:
U.S.		17			430			447		25			979		1,004
Non-U.S.		11			41			52		21			45		66
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:
U.S.		(21	)		66			45		(65	)		200		135
Non-U.S.		21			(1	)		20		51			40		91
Customer receivables and Other:
U.S.		34			235			269		52			700		752
Non-U.S.		25			70			95		95			191		286
Change in interest income	$	219		$	1,068		$	1,287	$	530		$	2,840	$	3,370
Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits	$	10		$	304		$	314	$	12		$	709	$	721
Borrowings		(6	)		184			178		201			285		486
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:
U.S.		(44	)		156			112		(160	)		461		301
Non-U.S.		(8	)		49			41		1			112		113
Customer payables and Other:
U.S.		1			333			334		8			765		773
Non-U.S.		6			149			155		11			453		464
Change in interest expense	$	(41	)	$	1,175		$	1,134	$	73		$	2,785	$	2,858
Change in net interest income	$	260		$	(107	)	$	153	$	457		$	55	$	512


September 2018 Form 10-Q		86


Glossary of Common Acronyms

2017 Form 10-K—Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the SEC

ABS—Asset-backed securities

AFS—Available-for-sale

AML—Anti-money laundering

AOCI—Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

AUM—Assets under management or supervision

BHC—Bank holding company

bps—Basis points; one basis point equals 1/100th of 1%

CCAR—Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCyB—Countercyclical capital buffer

CDO—Collateralized debt obligations, including collateralized loan obligations

CDS—Credit default swaps

CECL—Current expected credit loss

CFTC—U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CLN—Credit-linked notes

CLO—Collateralized loan obligations

CMBS—Commercial mortgage-backed securities

CMO—Collateralized mortgage obligations

CVA—Credit valuation adjustment

DVA—Debt valuation adjustment

EBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

ELN—Equity-linked note

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa

EPS—Earnings per common share

ERISA—Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974

E.U.—European Union

FDIC—Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FFELP—Federal Family Education Loan Program

FVA—Funding valuation adjustment

GLR—Global liquidity reserve

G-SIB—Global systemically important banks

HQLA—High-quality liquid assets

HTM—Held-to-maturity

I/E—Intersegment eliminations

IM—Investment Management

IRS—Internal Revenue Service

IS—Institutional Securities

LCR—Liquidity coverage ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies

LIBOR—London Interbank Offered Rate

M&A—Merger, acquisition and restructuring transaction

MSBNA—Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

MS&Co.—Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

MSIP—Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc

MSMS—Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.

MSPBNA—Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association

MSSB LLC—Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

MUFG—Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.

MUMSS—Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

MWh—Megawatt hour

N/A—Not Applicable

NAV—Net asset value

N/M—Not Meaningful

Non-GAAP—Non-generally accepted accounting principles

NSFR—Net stable funding ratio, as proposed by the U.S. banking agencies


		87		September 2018 Form 10-Q


Glossary of Common Acronyms

OCC—Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI—Other comprehensive income (loss)

OTC—Over-the-counter

PRA—Prudential Regulation Authority

RMBS—Residential mortgage-backed securities

ROE—Return on average common equity

ROTCE—Return on average tangible common equity

RSU—Restricted stock unit

RWA—Risk-weighted assets

SEC—U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

SLR—Supplementary leverage ratio

S&P—Standard & Poor’s

SPE—Special purpose entity

SPOE—Single point of entry

TDR—Troubled debt restructuring

TLAC—Total loss-absorbing capacity

U.K.—United Kingdom

UPB—Unpaid principal balance

U.S.—United States of America

U.S. DOL—U.S. Department of Labor

U.S. GAAP—Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America

VaR—Value-at-Risk

VAT—Value-added tax

VIE—Variable interest entity

WACC—Implied weighted average cost of capital

WM—Wealth Management


September 2018 Form 10-Q		88

Other Information

Legal Proceedings

The following new matters and developments have occurred since previously reporting certain matters in the Firm’s 2017 Form 10-K, the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2018 (the “First Quarter Form 10-Q”) and the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2018 (the “Second Quarter Form 10-Q”). See also the disclosures set forth under “Legal Proceedings” in the 2017 Form 10-K and Part II, Item 1 of the First Quarter Form 10-Q and the Second Quarter Form 10-Q.

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters

On August 13, 2018, the Firm filed a motion to renew its motion to dismiss in U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX (MSM 2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, et al.

On September 13, 2018, the court affirmed the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS 2007-I Ltd. in Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al.

On September 13, 2018, the court affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 in Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. On October 15, 2018, the plaintiff filed a motion for leave to appeal the decision of the Appellate Division, First Department, to the New York Court of Appeals or, in the alternative, for reargument.

On October 8, 2018, the parties in the litigation styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, filed a joint stipulation of discontinuance with prejudice.

On October 9, 2018, the Appellate Division, First Department affirmed the lower court’s order dismissing the amended complaint in Royal Park SA/NV v. Morgan Stanley et al.

On October 19, 2018, the court granted the Firm’s motion for leave to amend its answer in Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, et al., and to stay the case pending resolution of Deutsche Bank National Trust Company’s appeal to the New York Court of Appeals in another case.

European Matters

On September 11, 2018, in the matter styled Banco Popolare Societá Cooperativa v. Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc et al., the court dismissed in full the claim against the Firm.

On September 20, 2018, the Court of Accounts for the Republic of Italy in the matter styled Case number 2012/00406/MNV scheduled the hearing of the public prosecutor’s appeal for January 10, 2019.

Other Litigation

In August of 2017, the Firm was named as a defendant in a purported antitrust class action in the United States District Court for the SDNY styled Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System et al. v. Bank of America Corporation et al. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws and New York state law in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for securities lending. The class action complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class of borrowers and lenders who entered into stock loan transactions with the defendants. The class action complaint seeks, among other relief, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On September 27, 2018, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the class action complaint.


		89		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Firm of its common stock during the current quarter ended September 30, 2018.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

$ in millions, except per share data

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased

Average Price

Paid Per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs¹

Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

Month #1 (July 1, 2018—July 31, 2018)

Share Repurchase Program²

4,855,200

50.77

4,855,200

4,473

Employee transactions³

492,295

50.33

—

Month #2 (August 1, 2018—August 31, 2018)

Share Repurchase Program²

9,539,000

49.18

9,539,000

4,004

Employee transactions³

12,162

50.38

—

Month #3 (September 1, 2018—September 30, 2018)

Share Repurchase Program²

9,525,673

48.75

9,525,673

3,540

Employee transactions³

16,632

48.47

—

Quarter ended at September 30, 2018

Share Repurchase Program²

23,919,873

49.33

23,919,873

3,540

Employee transactions³

521,089

50.27

—

Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Firm deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time. On April 18, 2018, the Firm entered into a sales plan with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”) whereby MUFG will sell shares of the Firm’s common stock to the Firm, through the Firm’s agent MS&Co., as part of the Company’s share repurchase program (as defined below). The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and the Firm, including the joint ventures in Japan.

The Firm’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory approval. On June 28, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and the Firm received a conditional non-objection to its 2018 Capital Plan, where the only condition was that the Firm’s capital distributions not exceed the greater of the actual distributions it made over the previous four calendar quarters or the annualized average of actual distributions over the previous eight calendar quarters. As a result, the Firm’s 2018 Capital Plan includes a share repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of its outstanding common stock during the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019. During the quarter ended September 30, 2018, the Firm repurchased approximately $1.2 billion of the Firm’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management.”

Includes shares acquired by the Firm in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards granted under the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans.


September 2018 Form 10-Q		90

Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Exhibits

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on page E-1.


		91		September 2018 Form 10-Q

Exhibit Index

Morgan Stanley

Quarter Ended September 30, 2018


Exhibit No.		Description

15		Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated November 5, 2018, concerning unaudited interim financial information.

31.1		Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

31.2		Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

32.1		Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

32.2		Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

101		Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (unaudited): (i) the Consolidated Income Statements—Three Months and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, (ii) the Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements—Three Months and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets—at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, (v) the Consolidated Cash Flow Statements—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

E-1

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

MORGAN STANLEY

(Registrant)

By: /s/ JONATHAN PRUZAN

Jonathan Pruzan

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

By: /s/ PAUL C. WIRTH

Paul C. Wirth

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

Date: November 5, 2018

S-1